Gardena City Council
December 12, 2023

1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification.

C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging.

1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.
22 05 29 - 4 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-593
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature ambient air is below 60 degrees F.
of substrate material and
C. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and installation of firestopping materials.
for minimum 3 days after
D. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.

1.12 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.13 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties product bonds.
and
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. B-Line.

Tolco.

Anvil International.

Unistrut.

Superstrut.

Hilti, Inc.

NIBCO INC.

PHD Manufacturing, Inc.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Plumbing Piping - DWV:

1. 2.

Conform to ASME B31.9.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.

Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon-steel adjustable, ring.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 22 05 29 - 5 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-594
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Plumbing Piping - Water:

1. 2.

Conform to ASME B31.9.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.

Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.

Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll.

Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support.

Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, Carbon-steel ring.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded.

2.3 INSERTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

B-Line.

Tolco.

Hilti.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.

2.4 FLASHING
A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Metal Counterflashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel. 22 05 29 - 6 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-595
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Lead Flashing:

1. 2.

Waterproofing: 5 lb./sq. ft sheet lead.

Soundproofing: 1 lb./sq. ft sheet lead.

D. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements.

2.5 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sealant: Acrylic.

2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Thunderline Link-Seal Inc.

2. 3.

NMP Corporation.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.7 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector.

Unistrut; Atkore International.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With center.
holes 1-1/2 inches on

2.8 FIRESTOPPING
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.
3M Fire Protection Products.

Dow-Corning.

Hilti, Inc.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 22 05 29 - 7 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-596
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application.

1. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant.

2. 3.

Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single component foam compound.

Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers.

Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping.

4. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops.

Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain.

Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows.

6. 7.

2.9 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings.

B. Dam Material: Permanent:

1. 2.

Mineral fiberboard.

Mineral fiber matting.

C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place.

D. General:

1. 2.

Furnish UL listed products.

Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated.

E. Non-Rated Surfaces:

1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed.

For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve.

2. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
22 05 29 - 8 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-597
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.

C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material.

B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.

C. Install damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.

D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors.

E. Do not drill or cut structural members.

F. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.

3.3 INSTALLATION - INSERTS
A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms.

B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.

C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger.

D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.1.

B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.

C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

E. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.

F. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers.
22 05 29 - 9 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-598
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
G. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron hub.
pipe at each floor at
H. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers.

I. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

J. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.

K. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

L. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

M. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00.

3.5 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00.

B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment.

C. Construct supports of formed steel channel or steel pipe and fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.

D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed.

Refer to Section 21 05 48.

3.6 INSTALLATION - FLASHING
A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping penetrates weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs.

B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 3 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked 1 inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter-flash, and seal.

C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device.

D. Seal floor, shower, and mop sink drains watertight to adjacent materials.

E. Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with bolts; caulk around top edge. Use storm collars above roof jacks. Screw vertical flange section to face of curb. 22 05 29 - 10 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-599
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.7 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES
A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals.

B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction.

Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.

E. Where piping penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe and adjacent work with stuffing insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.

F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.

3.8 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING
A. Firestopping Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 07 84 00.

B. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping and other items, requiring firestopping.

C. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings.

D. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating to uniform density and texture.

E. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size.

F. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required.

G. Fire Rated Surface:

1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows:
a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element.

Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element.

Pack void with backing material.

Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated.
b.
c.
d.

H. Non-Rated Surfaces:

1. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, partition floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows:
22 05 29 - 11 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-600
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element.

Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element.

Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. b.
c.

2. Install escutcheons where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling.

Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit.

3. 4.

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting, testing.

B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing.

C. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.

3.10 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:
cleaning.

Requirements for
B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.

3.11 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:
protecting finished Work.

Requirements for
B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.

3.12 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:

1. Pipe Material: Cast iron.
a.
b.

Maximum Hanger Spacing: 5 feet.

Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch.

2. Pipe Material: Cast Iron, with 10-foot length of pipe. a.
b.

Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet.

Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch.
22 05 29 - 12 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-601
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3. Pipe Material: Copper tube.
a.
b.
c.

Size: 1-1/4 inches and smaller.

Maximum Hanger Spacing: 6 feet.

Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch.

4. Pipe Material: Copper tube.
a.
b.
c.

Size: 1-1/2 inches and larger.

Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet.

Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch.

5. Pipe Material: Steel.
a.
b.
c.

Size: 3 inches and smaller.

Maximum Hanger Spacing: 12 feet.

Hanger Rod Diameter: 1/2 inch.

6. Pipe Material: Steel.
a.
b.
c.

Size: 4 inches and larger.

Maximum Hanger Spacing: 12 feet.

Hanger Rod Diameter: 5/8 inch.

END OF SECTION
22 05 29 - 13 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-602
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 05 48

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

Inertia bases.

Vibration isolators.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of isolators in floating floor slabs specified by this section and product requirements for concrete for placement by this section.

Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for joint sealers specified for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Product requirements for anchors and piping expansion compensation.

Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports.

Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: Requirements for sound and vibration measurements performed independent of this section.

2. 3.

4. 5.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:

1. 2.

3. ANSI S1.4 - Sound Level Meters.

ANSI S1.8 - Reference Quantities for Acoustical Levels.

ANSI S12.36 - Survey Methods for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources.

B. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute:

1. ARI 575 - Method of Measuring Machinery Sound within Equipment Space.

C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:

1. ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide vibration isolation on motor driven equipment over 0.5 hp, plus connected piping.

B. Provide minimum static deflection of isolators for equipment as follows:
22 05 48 - 1 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-603
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. Basement, Under 20 hp:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Under 400 rpm: .
400 - 600 rpm: 1 inch.
600 - 800 rpm: 0.5 inch.
800 - 900 rpm: 0.2 inch.
1100 - 1500 rpm: 0.14 inch.

Over 1500 rpm: 0.1 inch.

2. Basement, Over 20 hp.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Under 400 rpm: .
400 - 600 rpm: 2 inch.
600 - 800 rpm: 1 inch.
800 - 900 rpm: 0.5 inch.
1100 - 1500 rpm: 0.2 inch.

Over 1500 rpm: 0.15 inch.

3. Upper Floors, Normal:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Under 400 rpm: .
400 - 600 rpm: 3.5 inch.
600 - 800 rpm: 2 inch.
800 - 900 rpm: 1 inch.
1100 - 1500 rpm: 0.5 inch.

Over 1500 rpm: 0.2 inch.

4. Upper Floors, Critical:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Under 400 rpm: .
400 - 600 rpm: .
600 - 800 rpm: 3.5 inch.
800 - 900 rpm: 2 inch.
1100 - 1500 rpm: 1 inch.

Over 1500 rpm: 0.5 inch.

C. Consider upper floor locations critical unless otherwise indicated.

D. Use concrete inertia bases for motors in excess of 40 hp and pumps over 10 hp.
on base mounted
E. Maintain sound level of spaces at levels not to exceed those listed below by utilizing acoustical devices.

F. Maintain rooms at following maximum sound levels, in Room Criteria (RC) as defined by ASHRAE Handbook, HVAC Applications

1. Offices:
a.
b.

Executive: 25.

Conference rooms: 25.
22 05 48 - 2 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-604
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
c.
d.
e.
f.

Private: 30.

Open-plan areas: 35.

Computer/business machine areas: 40.

Public circulation: 40.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. Submit catalog information indicating, materials and dimensional data.

C. Design Data: Submit calculations indicating maximum room sound levels are not exceeded.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify isolators meet or exceed specified requirements.

F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate sound isolation installation is complete and in accordance with instructions.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of hangers including attachment points.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ARI 575.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

C. Design application of under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of California.

1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 22 05 48 - 3 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-605
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:
product bonds.

Product warranties and
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for inertia bases.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INERTIA BASES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.

Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.

Vibro-Acoustics.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Structural Bases:

1. Design: Sufficiently rigid to prevent misalignment or undue stress on machine, and to transmit design loads to isolators and snubbers.

Construction: Welded structural steel with gusset brackets, supporting equipment and motor with motor slide rails.

2. C. Concrete Inertia Bases:

1. 2.

Mass: Minimum of 1.5 times weight of isolated equipment.

Construction: Structured steel channel perimeter frame, with gusset brackets and anchor bolts, adequately reinforced, concrete filled.

Connecting Point: Reinforced to connect isolators and snubbers to base.

Concrete: Reinforced 3,000 psi concrete.

3. 4.

2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

Ace Mountings Co., Inc.

Amber/Booth Company, Inc.; a VMC Group Company.

California Dynamics Corporation.

Isolation Technology, Inc.

Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.

Mason Industries, Inc.

Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.

Vibration Isolation.

Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 22 05 48 - 4 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-606
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Open Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware.

Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators.

3. 4.

C. Restrained Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware.

Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators.

Restraint: Furnish mounting frame and limit stops.

3. 4.

5. D. Closed Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers.

Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance.

3. 4.

E. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
22 05 48 - 5 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-607
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers.

Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops.

3. 4.

F. Spring Hanger:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators or rubber hanger with threaded insert.

Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment.

3. 4.

G. Neoprene Pad Isolators:

1. Rubber or neoprene-waffle pads.
a.
b.
c.
d.
30 durometer.

Minimum 1/2 inch thick.

Maximum loading 40 psi.

Height of ribs: not to exceed 0.7 times width.

2. Configuration: 1/2 inch thick waffle pads bonded each side of 1/4 inch thick steel plate.

H. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.5 inches deflection with threaded insert.

I. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass fiber.

J. Seismic Snubbers:

1. Type: Non-directional and double acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements.

Neoprene Elements: Replaceable, minimum of 0.75 inch thick.

Capacity: 4 times load assigned to mount groupings at 0.4 inch deflection.

Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding 3 times rated load capacity of seismic snubber.

2. 3.

4. 22 05 48 - 6 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-608
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify equipment and piping is installed before work in this section is started.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install isolation for motor driven equipment.

B. Bases:

1. 2.

Set steel bases for 1 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base.

Set concrete inertia bases for 2 inch clearance between housekeeping pad and base.

C. Adjust equipment level.

D. Install spring hangers without binding.

E. On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions.

F. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal.

G. Provide pairs of horizontal limit springs on fans with more than 6.0 inch static pressure, and on hanger supported, horizontally mounted axial fans.

H. Provide resiliently mounted equipment and piping with seismic snubbers. Provide each inertia base with minimum of four seismic snubbers located close to isolators.

Snub equipment designated for post disaster use to 0.05 inch maximum clearance.

Provide other snubbers with clearance between 0.15 inch and 0.25 inch.

I. Support piping connections to isolated equipment resiliently as follows:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Up to 4 inch Diameter: First three points of support.
5 to 8 inch Diameter: First four points of support.
10 inch Diameter and Over: First six points of support.

Select three hangers closest to vibration source for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or static deflection of isolated equipment. Select remaining isolators for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or 1/2 static deflection of isolated equipment.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements or 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing. 22 05 48 - 7 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-609
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit deflections.
report. Include static
C. Refer to Section 23 05 93 for sound measurements.

D. After start-up, final corrections and balancing of systems take octave band sound measurements over full audio frequency range in areas adjacent to plumbing equipment rooms, duct and pipe shafts, and other critical locations. Provide one-third octave band measurements of artificial sound sources in areas indicated as having critical requirements. Submit complete report of test results including sound curves.

E. Furnish services of testing agency to take noise measurement. Use meters meeting requirements of ANSI S1.4.

END OF SECTION
22 05 48 - 8 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment
TP-610
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. Nameplates.

Tags.

Stencils.

Pipe markers.

Ceiling tacks.

Labels.

Lockout devices.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements specified by this section.
for painting

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.

D. Samples: Submit two tags, labels, pipe markers, and ceiling tacks, size used on project.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. 22 05 53 - 1 Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-611
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged tag numbers.
valves; include valve

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to NFPA 99 requirements for labeling and identification of medical piping systems and accessories.
gas
B. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems accessories.
and
C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in section with minimum three years experience.
this
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare maintenance products.
parts and
B. Furnish two containers of spray-on adhesive.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NAMEPLATES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Craftmark Pipe Markers.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color.
22 05 53 - 2 Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-612
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.2 TAGS
A. Plastic Tags:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Brady ID.

Craftmark Pipe Markers.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

R & R Identification Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter. contrasting
B. Metal Tags:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Brady ID.

Craftmark Pipe Markers.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

R & R Identification Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter with finished edges.

C. Information Tags:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

Brady ID.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. White plastic with printed "Danger," "Caution," or "Warning" and message; size 3- 1/4 x 5-5/8 inches with grommet and self-locking nylon ties.

D. Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list of applied tags and location in anodized aluminum frame.

2.3 STENCILS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

R& R Identification Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 22 05 53 - 3 Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-613
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Up to 2 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1/2 inch high letters. 2-1/2 to 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-inch high letters.

Over 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-3/4 inches high letters.

Ductwork and Equipment: 1-3/4 inches high letters.

C. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09 90 00, semi-gloss enamel, colors and lettering size conforming to ASME A13.1.

2.4 PIPE MARKERS
A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.

B. Plastic Pipe Markers

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Brady ID.

Craftmark Pipe Markers.

R & R Identification Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener.

C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Brady ID.

Craftmark Pipe Markers.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing markings.
and printed
D. Plastic Underground Pipe Markers

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. inches wide
22 05 53 - 4 Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-614
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.5 CEILING TACKS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Marking Services, Inc.

R& R Identification Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color-coded head.

2.6 LABELS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Brady ID.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Description: Aluminum, size 1.9 x 0.75 inches, adhesive backed identification.
with printed
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00.

B. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.

C. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.

D. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels.

E. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location.

F. Install underground plastic pipe markers 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe.

G. Identify water heaters, pumps, tanks, and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. Identify in-line pumps and other small devices with tags.

H. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates.
22 05 53 - 5 Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-615
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
I. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.

J. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers or plastic tape pipe markers. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.

K. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves above T-bar
corner of panel closest to equipment.
type panel ceilings. Locate in

END OF SECTION
22 05 53 - 6 Identification for Plumbing
Piping and Equipment
TP-616
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 07 00

PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

Plumbing piping insulation, jackets and accessories.

Plumbing equipment insulation, jackets and accessories.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting insulation jackets and covering specified by this section.

2. 1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM C450 - Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, and Vessel Lagging.

ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation.

ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications.

ASTM C585 - Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System).

ASTM C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation.

ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40, 80, and 120.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location.

C. Samples: Submit two samples of representative size illustrating each insulation type.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 22 07 00 - 1 Plumbing Insulation
TP-617
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 450 in accordance with ASTM E84.

B. Pipe insulation manufactured in accordance with ASTM C585 for inner and outer diameters.

C. Factory fabricated fitting covers manufactured in accordance with ASTM C450.

D. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness.

C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer.

C. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
22 07 00 - 2 Plumbing Insulation
TP-618
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:
product bonds.

Product warranties and
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for man made fiber.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Glass Fiber and Mineral Fiber Insulation

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

CertainTeed LLC; Saint-Gobain North America.

Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.

Knauf Insulation.

Owens Corning.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2.2 PIPE INSULATION
A. TYPE P-1: ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F.

Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints.

4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F.

2.3 PIPE INSULATION JACKETS
A. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. 2.

ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

B. PVC Plastic Pipe Jacket:

1. Product Description: ASTM D1785, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.

Thickness: 30 mil.

Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.

2. 3.

C. ABS Plastic Pipe Jacket:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.

Minimum service temperature: -40 degrees F.

Maximum service temperature of 180 degrees F.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.
22 07 00 - 3 Plumbing Insulation
TP-619
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. 6.

Thickness: 30 mil.

Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.

2.4 PIPE INSULATION ACCESSORIES
A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.

2.5 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. ASTM C553; glass fiber, flexible or semi-rigid, noncombustible.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.023 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F.

Density: 2.3 pound per cubic foot.

2.6 EQUIPMENT INSULATION JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic Equipment Jacket:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Product Description: ASTM D1785, sheet material, off-white color.

Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F.

Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

Thickness: 30 mil.

Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.

B. Aluminum Equipment Jacket:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. ASTM B209.

Thickness: 0.020 inch thick sheet.

Finish: Embossed.

Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps.

Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.

6. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide;
C. Stainless Steel Equipment Jacket:

1. 2.

3. 4.

ASTM ASTM A240/A240M OR ASTM 666 Type 304 stainless steel.

Thickness: 0.016 inch thick.

Finish: Corrugated.

Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel.

D. Canvas Equipment Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric with fire retardant lagging adhesive compatible with insulation.

E. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. 2.

ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.
22 07 00 - 4 Plumbing Insulation
TP-620
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
F. Field Applied Glass Fiber Fabric Jacket System:

1. 2.

Insulating Cement/Mastic: ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool.

Glass Fiber Fabric:
a.
b.

Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd weight.

Blanket: 1.0 lb/cu ft density.

3. Indoor Vapor Retarder Finish:
a.
b.

Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd weight.

Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with insulation, white color.

2.7 EQUIPMENT INSULATION ACCESSORIES
A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.

C. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.

D. Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449/C449M.

E. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify piping and equipment has been tested before applying insulation materials.

C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.

3.2 INSTALLATION - PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Piping Exposed to View in Finished Spaces: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

B. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. Refer to Section 07 84 00 for penetrations of assemblies with fire resistance rating greater than one hour.

C. Piping Systems Conveying Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:

1. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints.
22 07 00 - 5 Plumbing Insulation
TP-621
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factoryapplied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic.

Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor retarder adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

3. D. Glass Fiber Board Insulation:

1. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation.

Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.

Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.

Cover wire mesh or bands with cement to a thickness to remove surface irregularities.

2. 3.

E. Hot Piping Systems less than 140 degrees F:

1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-applied jacket and butt strips or both.

Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

Do not insulate unions and flanges at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation at such locations.

2. 3.

F. Hot Piping Systems greater than 140 degrees F:

1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-applied jacket and butt strips or both.

Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

Insulate flanges and unions at equipment.

2. 3.

G. Inserts and Shields:

1. Piping 1-1/2 inches Diameter and Smaller: Install steel shield between pipe hanger and insulation.

Piping 2 inches Diameter and Larger: Install insert between support shield and piping and under finish jacket.

2. a. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.

Insert Material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned temperature range and service.
b.

3. Piping Supported by Roller Type Pipe Hangers: Install galvanized steel shield between roller and inserts.
22 07 00 - 6 Plumbing Insulation
TP-622
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
H. Insulation Terminating Points:

1. Condensate Piping: Insulate entire piping system and components to prevent condensation.

I. Piping Exterior to Building: Provide vapor retarder jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor retarder cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located at 3 or 9 o'clock position on side of horizontal piping with overlap facing down to shed water or on bottom side of horizontal piping.

J. Buried Piping: Insulate only where insulation manufacturer recommends insulation product may be installed in trench, tunnel or direct buried. Install factory fabricated assembly with inner all-purpose service jacket with self-sealing lap, and asphalt impregnated open mesh glass fabric, with 1 mil thick aluminum foil sandwiched between three layers of bituminous compound; outer surface faced with polyester film.

K. Prepare pipe insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

3.3 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT
A. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate.

B. Exposed Equipment: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

C. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.

D. Equipment Containing Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:

1. 2.

Insulate entire equipment surfaces.

Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation.

Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.

Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factoryapplied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic.

Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

3. 4.

E. Equipment Containing Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:

1. 2.

Do not insulate flanges and unions, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.

Install insulation with factory-applied or field applied jackets, with or without vapor barrier. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.

3. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

F. Equipment Located Exterior to Building: Install vapor barrier jacket or finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal equipment.

G. Cover glass fiber insulation with aluminum jacket.
22 07 00 - 7 Plumbing Insulation
TP-623
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
H. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not cover with insulation.

I. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation for easy removal and replacement without damage.

J. Prepare equipment insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

3.4 SCHEDULES
A. Water Supply Services Piping Insulation Schedule:

1. Domestic Hot Water Supply, Return and Condensate Piping:
a.
b.

Type: Molded Glass FIber.

Thickness:
1)
2)
Pipe Size 1 Inch and Smaller: 1 inch.

Pipe Size 1-1/4 Inches and Larger: 1.5 inch

END OF SECTION
22 07 00 - 8 Plumbing Insulation
TP-624
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 11 00

FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 16.

17. 18.

19. 20.

21. 22.

23. 24.

25. Domestic water piping, within 5 feet of building.

Domestic water piping, above grade.

Unions and flanges.

General Duty Valves.

Pipe hangers and supports.

Pressure gages.

Pressure gage taps.

Thermometers.

Flow control valves.

Water pressure reducing valves.

Relief valves.

Strainers.

Hose bibs.

Hydrants.

Recessed valve box.

Backflow preventers.

Water hammer arrestors.

Trap Primers
Thermostatic mixing valves.

Pressure balanced mixing valves.

Diaphragm-type Expansion tanks.

In-line circulator pumps.

Water Filter System
Access Panels.

Bedding and cover materials.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of concrete house keeping pads specified by this section.

2. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section.

Section 22 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment:

Product requirements for motors for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section.

3. 4.

5. 6.
22 11 00 - 1 Facility Water Distribution
TP-625
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

7. Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification and valve tags for placement by this section.

Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for pipe insulation.

Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section.

Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for backfill in trenches.

Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches.

Section 31 23 16 - Excavation: Product and execution requirements for excavation and backfill required by this section.

Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Execution requirements for trenching required by this section.

Section 31 23 23 - Fill: Requirements for backfill to be placed by this section.

Section 33 13 00 - Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution: Product and execution requirements for disinfection of domestic water piping beyond 5 feet (1500 mm) of building.

8. 9.

10. 11.

12. 13.

14. 15.

16. 17.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:

1. ANSI Z21.22 - Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. 2.

ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.

ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

ASME B40.1 - Gauges - Pressure Indicating Dial Type - Elastic Element.

ASME Section VIII - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Pressure Vessels.

ASME Section IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. C. American Society of Sanitary Engineering:

1. 2.

ASSE 1010 - Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters.

ASSE 1011 - Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers.

ASSE 1013 - Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers.

ASSE 1019 - Performance Requirements for Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants, Freeze Resistant, Automatic Draining Type.

3. 4.
22 11 00 - 2 Facility Water Distribution
TP-626
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. ASSE 5013 - Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers (RP) and Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Backflow Preventers (RFP).

ASSE 5015 - Performance Requirements for Testing Double Check Prevention Assemblies (DC) and Double Check Fire Protection Prevention Assemblies (RPDF).

Principle
Principle

6. Backflow
Backflow
D. ASTM International:

1. 2.

3. 4.

ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal.

ASTM B42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes.

ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications.

ASTM E1 - Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers.

ASTM E77 - Standard Test Method for Inspection and Verification of Thermometers.

5. 6.

E. American Welding Society:

1. AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.

F. American Water Works Association:

1. 2.

AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains.

AWWA M6 - Water Meters - Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance.

G. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

MSS SP 67 - Butterfly Valves.

MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.

MSS SP 80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves.

MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.

MSS SP 110 - Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends.

H. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

I. Plumbing and Drainage Institute:

1. PDI WH201 - Water Hammer Arrester Standard.

J. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 393 - Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. 22 11 00 - 3 Facility Water Distribution
TP-627
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturer's catalog information.

Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

Domestic Water Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.

Pumps: Submit pump type, capacity, certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted.

Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

2. 3.

4. 5.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for pumps, valves and accessories.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves and equipment.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts list, exploded assembly views and recommended maintenance intervals.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For drinking water service, provide valves complying with NSF 61.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 22 11 00 - 4 Facility Water Distribution
TP-628
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept valves and equipment on site in shipping containers with labeling in place.

Inspect for damage.

C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.

D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties product bonds.
and
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water piping.

1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts maintenance products.
and
B. Furnish two packing kits for each size valve, two loose keys for outside hose bibs, hose end, vacuum breakers for hose bibs service kits for and two pump seals for each pump model.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, annealed.

1. 2.

Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper, or ASME B16.22, wrought copper.

Joints: Compression connection or Brazed, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F. 22 11 00 - 5 Facility Water Distribution
TP-629
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.2 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, drawn.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze.

Joints: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sb5 tin-antimony, or Alloy Grade Sn95 tin-silver, lead free solder, AWS A5.8 Classification BCuP-3 or BCuP-4 silver braze.

2. 2.3 FLUE AND COMBUSTION AIR PIPING
A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material.

1. 2.

Fittings: ASTM D2466, Schedule 40, PVC.

Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. Prime joints with a contrasting color.

2.4 UNIONS AND FLANGES
A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller:

1. 2.

3. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded.

Copper Piping: Class 150, bronze unions with soldered brazed joints.

Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.

PVC Piping: PVC.

CPVC Piping: CPVC.
threaded end,

4. 5.

B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip-on flanges.

Copper Piping: Class 150, slip-on bronze flanges.

PVC Piping: PVC flanges.

CPVC Piping: CPVC flanges.

Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.

2.5 GENERAL DUTY VALVES
A. BALL VALVES

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems.

Crane; a Crane Co. brand.

Hammond Valve.

KITZ Corporation.

Milwaukee Valve Company.

NIBCO INC.

Stockham; a Crane Co. brand.

Zurn Industries, LLC.
22 11 00 - 6 Facility Water Distribution
TP-630
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. 3.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, 400 psi WOG, two piece bronze body, chrome plated brass ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, threaded ends with union, lever handle.
2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, Class 150, bronze, two piece body, type 316 stainless steel ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, threaded ends with union, lever handle.
2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 110, Class 150, bronze, three piece body, type 316 stainless steel ball, full port, teflon seats, blow-out proof stem, threaded ends, lever handle.

4. 5.

B. BUTTERFLY VALVES

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

American Valve, Inc.

Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems.

Crane; a Crane Co. brand.

DeZURIK.

Hammond Valve.

KITZ Corporation.

Milwaukee Valve Company.

NIBCO INC.

Stockham; a Crane Co. brand.

WATTS.

2. 3.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 67, Class 150.
a. Body: Cast or ductile iron, wafer or lug ends, stainless steel stem, extended neck.

Disc: Aluminum bronze or stainless steel.

Seat: Resilient replaceable EPDM.

Handle and Operator: 10 position lever handle.
b.
c.
d.

C. CHECK VALVES

1. Horizontal Swing Check Valves:
a. Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Anvil International/Smith-Cooper International; Tailwind Capital, LLC.

APCO DeZurik Valve Co.

Crane; a Crane Co. brand.

Hammond Valve.

Milwaukee Valve Company.

NIBCO INC.
b.
c.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 150, bronze body and cap, bronze seat, Buna-N disc, solder or threaded ends.
22 11 00 - 7 Facility Water Distribution
TP-631
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
d. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, cast iron body, bolted cap, bronze or cast iron disc, renewable disc seal and seat, flanged ends.

2. Spring Loaded Check Valves:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Hammond Valve.
2) Krombach; Crane Energy Flow Solutions.
3) NIBCO INC.
b.
c.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, Class 250, bronze body, in-line spring lift check, silent closing, Buna-N disc, integral seat, solder or threaded ends. 2-1 /2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 71, Class 125, wafer globe style, cast iron body, bronze seat, center guided bronze disc, stainless steel spring and screws, flanged ends.
d.

2.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

2.7 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Trerice.

Ameter, Inc..

Weiss.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Gage: ASME B40.1, UL 393 with bourdon tube, rotary brass movement, brass socket, front calibration adjustment, black scale on white background.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Case: Steel.

Bourdon Tube: Brass.

Dial Size: 3-1/2 inch diameter.

Mid-Scale Accuracy: One percent.

Scale: Psi.

2.8 PRESSURE GAGE TAPS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Trerice.

Ameter, Inc..

Weiss.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 22 11 00 - 8 Facility Water Distribution
TP-632
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

D. Needle Valve: Brass, 1/4 inch NPT for minimum 300 psi.

E. Ball Valve: Brass, 1/8 inch NPT for 250 psi.

F. Pulsation Damper: Pressure snubber, brass with 1/4 inch NPT connections.

2.9 STEM TYPE THERMOMETERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. KOBOLD Instruments, Inc. - USA.

Marsh Bellofram.

Weiss Instruments, Inc.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Thermometer: ASTM E1, red appearing mercury, lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Size: 7-inch scale.

Window: Clear glass.

Stem: Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, 3-1/2 inch long.

Accuracy: 2 percent.

Calibration: Both degrees F and degrees C.

2.10 FLOW CONTROL VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Bell & Gossett.

Griswold.

Flocon.

NIBCO INC.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Construction: Class 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet and outlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet.

D. Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, maximum minimum pressure 5 psi.

2.11 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. Zurn Industries, LLC
22 11 00 - 9 Facility Water Distribution
TP-633
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. 3.

4. Conbraco.

WATTS.

Cla-Val
B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 80, bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded ends.

D. 2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 85, cast iron body, bronze fitted, elastomeric diaphragm and seat disc, flanged.

2.12 RELIEF VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

Conbraco.

WATTS.

Cla-Val.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Pressure Relief:

1. ANSI Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated.

D. Temperature and Pressure Relief:

1. ANSI Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME certified and labeled.

2.13 STRAINERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Conbraco.

WATTS.

NIBCO INC.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. 2 inch and Smaller: Threaded brass body for 175 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen.

D. 1-1/2 inch to 4 inch: Class 125, flanged iron body, Y pattern with 1/16-inch stainless steel perforated screen.
22 11 00 - 10 Facility Water Distribution
TP-634
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
E. 5 inch and Larger: Class 125, flanged iron body, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen.

2.14 HOSE BIBS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR AMEK & MODEL)
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Acorn.

MiFAB.

J.R. Smith.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Interior: Bronze or brass with integral mounting flange, replaceable hexagonal disc, hose thread spout, chrome plated where exposed with lock shield and removable key, integral vacuum breaker in conformance with ASSE 1011.

2.15 HYDRANTS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL)
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Acorn.

MiFAB.

J.R. Smith.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Wall Hydrant: ASSE 1019; non-freeze, self-draining type with chrome plated lockable recessed box hose thread spout, locks shield and removable key, and integral vacuum breaker.

2.16 RECESSED VALVE BOX (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

IPS Corporation.

Sioux Chief Manufacturing.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Washing Machine: Plastic preformed rough-in box with brass valves with single lever handle, socket for 2 inch waste, slip in finishing cover.

D. Refrigerator: Plastic preformed rough-in box with brass valves with wheel handle slip in finishing cover.

E. Ice Machine: The box shall contain lead-free quarter turn valve with integral water hammer arrestor. Valve shall comply with ASME A112.18.1 and water hammer arrestor shall comply with ASSE 1010.
22 11 00 - 11 Facility Water Distribution
TP-635
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.17 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

FEBCO; A WATTS Brand.

NIBCO INC.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers:

1. 2.

3. Comply with ASSE 1013.

Bronze body, with bronze internal parts and stainless steel springs.

Two independently operating, spring loaded check valves; diaphragm type differential pressure relief valve located between check valves; third check valve opening under back pressure in case of diaphragm failure; non-threaded vent outlet; assembled with two gate valves, strainer, and four test cocks.

D. Double Check Valve Assemblies: Comply with ASSE ASSE 1015 or AWWA C510; Bronze body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs; two independently operating check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent.

2.18 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

MiFAB.

J.R. Smith.

Precision Plumbing Products.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. ASSE 1010; stainless steel construction, bellows type sized in accordance with PDI WH-201.

D. Pre-charged suitable for operation in temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F and maximum 250 psi working pressure.

2.19 TRAP PRIMER SYSTEM (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

MiFAB.

Precision Plumbing Products.

B. Automatically Activated:

1. 2.

Standard: ASSE 1044, ASSE 1018.

Piping: NPS 1/2 inch ASTM B88, Type L, copper, water tubing. 22 11 00 - 12 Facility Water Distribution
TP-636
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3. 4.

5. Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001.

Size Outlets: NPS 1/2 inches.

Provide distribution unit as required.

C. Electronic:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Standard: ASSE 1044, ASSE 1018.

Piping: NPS 1/2 inch ASTM B88, Type L, copper, water tubing.

Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001.

Size Outlets: NPS 1/2 inches.

Provide distribution unit as required.
120 volt, single phase, 60 Hz

2.20 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Chicago Faucets.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Valve: Chrome plated cast brass body, stainless steel or copper alloy bellows, integral temperature adjustment. Conform to ASSE 1070 to temper water to maximum 110 degrees F.

D. Capacity: Refer to Plumbing fixture schedule.

E. Accessories:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Check valve on inlets.

Volume control shut-off valve on outlet.

Stem thermometer on outlet.

Strainer stop checks on inlets.

2.21 PRESSURE BALANCED MIXING VALVES (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

Symmons.

Bradley.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Valve: Chrome plated cast brass body, stainless steel cylinder and integral temperature adjustment.

D. Capacity: Refer to Plumbing fixture schedule.

E. Accessories:
22 11 00 - 13 Facility Water Distribution
TP-637
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. Volume control shut-off valve on outlet.

Stem thermometer on outlet.

Strainer stop checks on inlets.

2.22 DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EXPANSION TANKS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Amtrol.

Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand.

Taco.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, with flexible EPDM diaphragm sealed into tank, and steel legs or saddles.

D. Accessories: Pressure gage and air-charging fitting, tank drain; pre-charge to 12 psig.

E. Size: Refer to tank schedule .

2.23 IN-LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Bell & Gossett.

Grundfos.

Taco Comfort Solutions.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Casing: Bronze rated for 125 psig working pressure with stainless steel rotor assembly.

D. Impeller: Bronze.

E. Shaft: Alloy steel with integral thrust collar and two, oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings.

F. Seal: Carbon rotating against stationary ceramic seat.

G. Drive: Flexible coupling.

H. Performance:

1. Flow: Refer to Plumbing schedule.

I. Type: Horizontal shaft, single stage, close coupled, radial split casing, for working pressure.
maximum
22 11 00 - 14 Facility Water Distribution
TP-638
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.24 WATER FILTER SYSTEM
A. Refer to Food Service drawings

2.25 ACCESS PANELS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Karp.

Milcor.

Elmdor.

J.R. Smith.

B. Panel 8x8 minimum size, but larger if required. Concealed hinge, allen head lock.

C. Styles:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Gypsum Board or Masonry: Karp DSC-214M prime coated steel.

Tile: Karp DSC-214M stainless steel.

Plaster: Karp DSC-214L prime coated steel.

Acoustical Plaster: Karp DSC-210PL.

Fire Rated Construction: Karp KRP-150FR prime coated steel; UL listed label.
“B”

2.26 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS
A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Division 31.

B. Cover: Fill Type, as specified in Division 31.

C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type, as specified in Division 31.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

3.3 INSTALLATION - METERS
A. Install positive displacement meters in accordance with AWWA M6, with isolating valves on inlet and outlet.
22 11 00 - 15 Facility Water Distribution
TP-639
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.4 INSTALLATION - THERMOMETERS AND GAGES
A. Install one pressure gage for each pump, locate taps before strainers and on suction and discharge of pump; pipe to gage.

B. Install gage taps in piping.

C. Install pressure gages with pulsation dampers. Provide needle valve or ball valve to isolate each gage.

D. Provide instruments with scale ranges selected according to service with largest appropriate scale.

E. Install gages and thermometers in locations where they are easily read from normal operating level. Install vertical to 45 degrees off vertical.

F. Adjust gages and thermometers to final angle, clean windows and lenses, and calibrate to zero.

3.5 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

3.6 INSTALLATION - BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Verify connection to existing piping system size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings.

B. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than 1 ft of cover.

C. Establish minimum separation of 12 from other services piping in accordance with code.

D. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly.

E. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Division 31.

F. Install pipe to elevation as indicated on Drawings.

G. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches depth; compact to 95 percent maximum density.

H. Install pipe on prepared bedding.

I. Route pipe in straight line.

J. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints.

K. Install shutoff valves at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with this Section.
22 11 00 - 16 Facility Water Distribution
TP-640
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
L. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous over top of pipe. above pipe line; coordinate with Section. Refer to Section 22 05 53.

M. Pipe Cover and Backfilling:

1. 2.

Backfill trench in accordance with Division 31.

Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density.

After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 4 inches compacted layers to 6 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density.

Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material.

Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping.

3. 4.

5. 3.7 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.

C. Install piping to maintain headroom without interfering with use of space or taking more space than necessary.

D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

E. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points.

F. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 22 07 00.

G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13.

H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

I. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies.

J. Install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9.

K. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

L. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

M. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections.

N. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 22 11 00 - 17 Facility Water Distribution
TP-641
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
O. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.

P. Install ball or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.

Q. Install ball or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services.

R. Provide lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when functioning to isolate equipment.

S. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps.

T. Provide flow controls in water circulating systems as indicated on Drawings.

U. Install potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior and exterior hose bibs.

V. Pipe relief from valves, back-flow preventers and drains to nearest floor drain.

W. Test backflow preventers in accordance with ASSE 5013.

X. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping to water closets, sinks, urinals, washing machine, dishwashers, hose bibbs, showers, tubs, and other fixtures with quick cksing valves.

Place within 6 feet of fixture. Provide with access panel if required by Local Code.

3.8 INSTALLATION - PUMPS
A. Provide pumps to operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve.

B. Install long radius reducing elbows or reducers between pump and piping. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. For close coupled or base mounted pumps, install supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and over.

C. Install pumps on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 21 05 48.

D. Install flexible connectors at or near pumps where piping configuration does not absorb vibration. Refer to Section 23 21 16.

E. Provide line sized shut-off valve and pump suction fitting on pump suction, and line sized combination pump discharge valve on pump discharge. Refer to Section 23 21 16.

F. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump so no weight is carried on pump casings. Provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches and larger. 22 11 00 - 18 Facility Water Distribution
TP-642
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
G. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings.

H. Check, align, and certify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up.

I. Lubricate pumps before start-up.

3.9 INSTALLATION TANKS
A. Install Work in accordance with State of California standards.

B. Provide supports, independent of building structural framing members.

C. Clean and flush installation. Seal until pipe connections are made.

D. Install the following accessories on domestic water piping connections:

1. 2.

3. On inlet: Thermometer check valve and shut off valve.

On outlet: Thermometer and shut off valve.

Install relief valve piping to nearest approved receptor.

3.10 INSTALLATION - SERVICE CONNECTIONS
A. Provide new water service complete with approved reduced pressure back-flow preventer and water meter with by-pass valves pressure reducing valve, and strainer.

B. Provide sleeve in wall for service main and support at wall with reinforced-concrete bridge. Caulk enlarged sleeve and make watertight with pliable material. Anchor service main inside to concrete wall.

C. Provide 18 gage galvanized sheet metal sleeve around service main to 6 inch above floor and 6 feet minimum below grade. Size for minimum of 2 inches of loose batt insulation stuffing.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements or 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Test domestic water piping system in accordance with applicable code.

3.12 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Disinfect water distribution system in accordance with Section 33 13 00.

C. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.

D. Verify pH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
22 11 00 - 19 Facility Water Distribution
TP-643
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
E. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder and tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain residual from 50 to 80 mg/L.

F. Bleed water from outlets to obtain distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets.

G. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours.

H. When final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment.

I. Flush disinfectant from system until residual concentration is equal to incoming water or 1.0 mg/L.

J. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.

END OF SECTION
22 11 00 - 20 Facility Water Distribution
TP-644
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 13 00

FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. Sanitary sewer piping buried within 5 feet of building.

Sanitary sewer and vent piping above grade.

Condensate piping.

Pipe hangers and supports.

Floor drains.

Floor sinks.

Indirect Roof Receptors
Cleanouts.

Bedding and cover materials.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution placement of concrete specified by this section.
requirements for

2. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section.

Section 22 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment:

Product requirements for motors for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section.

Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for pipe insulation.

Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section.

Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for backfill in trenches.

Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches.

Section 31 23 16 - Excavation: Product and execution requirements for excavation and backfill required by this section.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.
22 13 00 - 1 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-645
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

15. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Execution requirements for trenching required by this section.

16. Section 31 23 23 - Fill: Requirements for backfill to be placed by this section.

17. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping: Catch basins and manholes.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

ASME A112.21.1 - Floor Drains.

ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.

ASME B16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings.

ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV).

ASME B16.29 - Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV.

7. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

B. ASTM International:

1. 2.

3. 4.

ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.

ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.

ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.

C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute:

1. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications.

CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications.

2. 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes for sewage-ejectors, and manholes.

C. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information.

Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

Sanitary Drainage Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.

2. 3.

4. 22 13 00 - 2 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-646
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. Pumps: Submit pump type, capacity, certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted.

Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for material and equipment.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and clean-outs.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit frequency of treatment required for interceptors. Include, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views for pumps and equipment.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of California standards.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
22 13 00 - 3 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-647
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties product bonds.
and

1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts maintenance products.
and
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Husky SD4000.

Clamp-All 125.

MG Coupling.

Charlotte Pipe.

AB & I Pipe,
Tyler Pipe.

B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI 301 and A888. hubless, service weight.

1. 2.

Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301 and ASTM A888.

Joints: ASTM C1540, with C564 gaskets, heavy duty 304
assemblies.
stainless steel

2.2 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Husky SD4000.

Clamp-All 125.

MG Coupling.

Charlotte Pipe.

AB & I Pipe,
Tyler Pipe.

B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI 301 and A888. hubless, service weight.

1. 2.

Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301 and ASTM A888.

Joints: ASTM X1540, with C564 neoprene gaskets and 304
clamp-and-shield assemblies.
stainless steel
22 13 00 - 4 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-648
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.3 CONDENSATE PIPING
A. ASTM B88, Type M with ASTM B16.23 vast bronze or ASTM B16.29 wrought copper fittings and ASTM B32 alloy grade SB5 tin antimony or alloy grade SN95 tin-silver lead-free solder..

2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

2.5 FLOOR DRAINS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL)
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International.

Josam Company.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Floor Drain: ASME A112.21.1; lacquered cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable nickelbronze strainer.

D. Shower Drain: ASME A112.21.1; lacquered cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable round nickel-bronze strainer with removable perforated sediment bucket.

2.6 FLOOR SINKS (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL)
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Floor Sink: Square lacquered cast iron body with integral seepage pan, epoxy coated interior, aluminum dome strainer, clamp collar, sediment bucket, epoxy coated, nickel bronze frame and see drawings for grate.

2.7 INDIRECT ROOF RECEPTOR (SEE SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 22 13 00 - 5 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-649
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. 12-inch diameter all galvanized assembly with hubless cast iron body with bottom outlet, flashing device, 2-1/2 inch high water dam, underdeck clamp, sump receiver and dome strainer with vandal-proof mounting cast iron “P-Trap”.

2.8 CLEANOUTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Jay R Smith Mfg. Co; a division of Morris Group International.

Josam Company.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Exterior Surfaced Areas: Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover.

D. Exterior Unsurfaced Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover wit gasket.

E. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, reversible clamping collar, threaded top assembly, and round scored cover with gasket in service areas and round depressed cover with gasket to accept floor finish in finished floor areas.

F. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw.

G. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Calked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders.

2.9 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS
A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Division 31.

B. Cover: Fill Type, as specified in Division 31.

C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type, as specified in Division 31.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
22 13 00 - 6 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-650
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.

3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

3.4 INSTALLATION - BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Verify connection to existing piping system size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings.

B. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than 3 ft of cover.

C. Establish minimum separation of 12 from other services piping in accordance with code.

D. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly.

E. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Division 31.

F. Install pipe to elevation as indicated on Drawings.

G. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches compacted depth; compact to 95 percent maximum density.

H. Install pipe on prepared bedding.

I. Route pipe in straight line.

J. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous buried 6 inches below finish grade, above pipe line; coordinate with Division 31. Refer to Section 22 05 53.

K. Pipe Cover and Backfilling:

1. 2.

Backfill trench in accordance with Division 31.

Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density.

After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 4 inches compacted layers to 6 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density.

Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material.

Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping.

3. 4.

5. 22 13 00 - 7 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-651
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.5 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients.

B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide clearances at cleanout for snaking drainage system.

C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade.

D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.

E. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

F. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.

G. Install piping to maintain headroom. Do not spread piping, conserve space.

H. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

I. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13.

J. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly.

K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

L. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

M. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.

N. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.

O. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

P. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements or 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Test sanitary waste and vent piping system in accordance with applicable code.

END OF SECTION
22 13 00 - 8 Facility Sanitary Sewerage
TP-652
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 14 00

FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. Storm water piping buried within 5 feet of building.

Storm water piping above grade.

Pipe hangers and supports.

Roof and Overflow drains.

Downspout nozzles.

Cleanouts.

Bedding and cover materials.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete:
placement of concrete specified by this section.

Execution requirements for

2. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Product requirements for access doors for placement by this section.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section.

Section 22 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment:

Product requirements for motors for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping: Execution requirements for pipe expansion devices for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for vibration isolators for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section.

Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Product and execution requirements for pipe insulation.

Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to equipment specified by this section.

Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for backfill in trenches.

Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches.

Section 31 23 16 - Excavation: Product and execution requirements for excavation and backfill required by this section.

Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Execution requirements for trenching required by this section.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 22 14 00 - 1 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-653
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

16. Section 31 23 23 - Fill: Requirements for backfill to be placed by this section.

17. Section 33 41 00 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping: Catch basins and manholes.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. 2.

3. ASME A112.21.2M - Roof Drains.

ASME B16.23 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV).

ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

B. ASTM International:

1. 2.

ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.

ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.

C. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute:

1. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications.

CISPI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications.

2. 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes for sump-pumps, catch basins and manholes.

C. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information.

Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

Storm Drainage Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information, component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.

2. 3.

4. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for material and equipment.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures. 22 14 00 - 2 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-654
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of equipment and cleanouts.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists, exploded assembly views for pumps and equipment.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with State of California standards.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties product bonds.
and

1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts maintenance products.
and
22 14 00 - 3 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-655
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STORM WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Husky SD4000.

Clamp-All 125.

MG Coupling.

Charlotte Pipe.

AB & I Pipe,
Tyler Pipe.

B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI 301 and A888. hubless, service weight.

1. 2.

Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301 and ASTM A888.

Joints: ASTM C1540, with C564 gaskets, heavy duty 304
assemblies.
stainless steel

2.2 STORM WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Husky SD4000.

Clamp-All 125.

MG Coupling.

Charlotte Pipe.

AB & I Pipe,
Tyler Pipe.

B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: CISPI 301 and A888. hubless, service weight.

1. 2.

Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301 and ASTM A888.

Joints: ASTM X1540, with C564 neoprene gaskets and 304
clamp-and-shield assemblies.
stainless steel

2.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29

2.4 ROOF AND OVERFLOW DRAINS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International.

Josam Company.

Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 22 14 00 - 4 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-656
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Roof Drain:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Assembly: ASME A112.21.2M.

Body: Lacquered cast iron with sump.

Strainer: Removable cast iron dome with vandal proof screws.

Accessories: Coordinate with roofing type:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

Membrane flange and membrane clamp with integral gravel stop.

Adjustable under deck clamp.

Roof sump receiver.

Waterproofing flange.

Controlled flow weir.

Leveling frame.

Adjustable extension sleeve for roof insulation.

Perforated or slotted ballast guard extension for inverted roof.

Perforated stainless steel ballast guard extension.

D. Overflow Drain:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Assembly: ASME A112.21.2M.

Body: Lacquered cast iron with sump.

Strainer: Removable cast iron dome with vandal proof screws.

Pipe extended to 2 inches above flood elevation.

Accessories: Coordinate with roofing type:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

Membrane flange and membrane clamp with integral gravel stop.

Adjustable under deck clamp.

Roof sump receiver.

Waterproofing flange.

Controlled flow weir.

Leveling frame.

Adjustable extension sleeve for roof insulation.

Perforated or slotted ballast guard extension for inverted roof.

Perforated stainless steel ballast guard extension.

2.5 DOWNSPOUT NOZZLES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International.

Josam Company.

MIFAB, Inc.

WATTS.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Product Description: No hub outlet, opening serves as anchor. Provide birdscreen cover. Nickel bronze body and wall flange.
22 14 00 - 5 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-657
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.6 CLEANOUTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. J.R. Smith.

Josam Company.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Exterior Surfaced Areas: Round cast nickel bronze access frame and non-skid cover.

D. Exterior Unsurfaced Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket.

E. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, reversible clamping collar, threaded top assembly, and round scored cover with gasket in service areas and round depressed cover with gasket to accept floor finish in finished floor areas.

F. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated cover with gasket, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw.

G. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Calked or threaded type. Provide bolted stack cleanouts on vertical rainwater leaders.

2.7 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS
A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Division 31.

B. Cover: Fill Type, as specified in Division 31.

C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type, as specified in Division 31.

Subsoil with no rocks over 6 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 22 14 00 - 6 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-658
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.

3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

3.4 INSTALLATION - BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Verify connection to existing piping system size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings.

B. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than 1 ft of cover.

C. Establish minimum separation of 12 from other services piping according to code.

D. Excavate pipe trench according to Division 31.

E. Install pipe to elevation as indicated on Drawings.

F. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches compacted depth; compact to 95 percent maximum density.

G. Install pipe on prepared bedding.

H. Route pipe in straight line.

I. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous over top of pipe buried 6 inches below finish grade, above pipe line; coordinate with Division 31.

J. Pipe Cover and Backfilling:

1. 2.

Backfill trench according to Division 31.

Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density.

After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 4 inches compacted layers to 6 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density.

Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material.

Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping.

3. 4.

5. 3.5 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING
A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients.

B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Provide clearance at cleanout for snaking drainage system.
22 14 00 - 7 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-659
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade.

D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor.

E. Install non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

F. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls.

G. Install piping to maintain headroom. Group piping to conserve space.

H. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

I. Support cast iron drainage piping at every joint.

J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00.

K. Install piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly.

L. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

M. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

N. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream.

O. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

P. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section] 220529.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Division 01 - Quality Requirements and Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Test storm drainage piping system according to applicable code.

END OF SECTION
22 14 00 - 8 Facility Storm Drainage
TP-660
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 16 00

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. Natural gas piping buried within 5 feet of building.

Natural gas piping above grade.

Unions and flanges.

Plug Valves.

Pipe hangers and supports.

Strainers.

Natural gas pressure relief valves.

Underground pipe markers.

Bedding and cover materials.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Access doors for concealed valves and accessories.

Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports and firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 22 05 53 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for valve and pipe identification for placement by this section.

2. 3.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:

1. ANSI Z21.15 - Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. 2.

3. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.

ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.

ASME B16.33 - Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems Up to 125 psig (sizes 1/2 - 2).

ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

ASME Section IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

4. 5.

C. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.
22 16 00 - 1 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-661
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service.

ASTM F1973 – Factory Assembled Anodeless Risers and Transition Fittings in Polyethylene (PE) and Polyamide 11 (PA11) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) Fuel Gas Distribution Systems.

3. D. American Welding Society:

1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

E. American Water Works Association:

1. AWWA C105 - American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.

F. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible system components and joints. Use non-conducting dielectric connections when joining dissimilar metals in systems.

B. Provide flanges, unions, or couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, or couplings downstream of valves and at equipment connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment.

C. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9.

D. Use plug valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data:

1. Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories. Submit manufacturers catalog information.

Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

Piping Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information including capacity, rough-in requirements, and service sizes for the following:

2. 3.

4. a.
b.
c.

Strainers.

Natural gas pressure regulators.

Natural gas pressure relief valves.
22 16 00 - 2 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-662
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Design Data: Indicate pipe size. Indicate load carrying capacity pipe, and riser support hangers.
of trapeze, multiple
D. Test Reports: Indicate results of piping system pressure test.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

F. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, piping system, and system components.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for valves and gas pressure regulators installation instructions, spare parts lists.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform natural gas Work in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Perform work in accordance with applicable code and local gas company requirements.

C. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping systems and ASME Section IX for welding materials and procedures.

D. Perform Work in accordance with applicable code authority having jurisdiction for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure.

E. Furnish shutoff valves complying with ASME B16.33 or ANSI Z21.15.

F. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years' experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years' experience.

1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 22 16 00 - 3 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-663
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

C. Protect piping and fittings from soil and debris with temporary end caps and closures.

Maintain in place until installation. Furnish temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.

1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen.

1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.12 COORDINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate trenching, excavating, bedding, and backfilling of buried piping systems with requirements of Division 31.

1.13 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for valves excluding packing.

1.14 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two packing kits for each type and size valve.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Medium density polyethylene, heat fusion pipe and fittings, PE2406, in accordance with ASTM D2513, D3350, D2683, D3261 and the Department of Transportation (DOT) Title 49 Part 192 Provide No 12 insulated copper trace wire and approved transitional fittings from thermoplastic to steel pipe. 22 16 00 - 4 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-664
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. Provide factory assembled anodeless transition gas riser; ASTM F1973-2008.

2.2 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M Schedule 40 black.

1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A234/A234M forged steel welding type.

Joints: Threaded for pipe 2 inch and smaller; welded for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger.

2. 2.3 UNIONS AND FLANGES
A. Unions for Pipe 2 inches and Smaller:

1. Ferrous Piping: Class 150, malleable iron, threaded.

B. Flanges for Pipe 2-1/2 inches and Larger:

1. 2.

Ferrous Piping: Class 150, forged steel, slip-on flanges.

Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene gaskets.

2.4 PLUG VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. DeZURIK.

Homestead Valve, a division of Olson Technologies, Inc.

Milwaukee Valve Company.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP 78, Class 150, construction, round port, full pipe area, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends. Furnish one plug valve wrench for every ten plug-valves with minimum of one wrench.

D. 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP 78, Class 150, semi-steel construction, round port, full pipe area, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends. Furnish wrenchoperated.

2.5 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

2.6 STRAINERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Flomatic Corporation.

Hayward Flow Control.

Keckley Company.

NIBCO INC.
22 16 00 - 5 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-665
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. Zurn Industries, LLC.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. 2 inch and Smaller: Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen.

D. 2-1/2 inches to 4 inches: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch stainless steel perforated screen.

E. 5 inches and Larger: Flanged iron body for 175 psig working pressure, basket pattern with 1/8 inch stainless steel perforated screen.

2.7 NATURAL GAS PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Fischer; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions.

Rockwell Automation, Inc.

Rosemount Inc.; Emerson Electric Company.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Product Description: Spring loaded type relief valve.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Body: Aluminum.

Diaphragm: Nitrile.

Orifice:

Maximum operating temperature: 150 degrees F.

Inlet Connections: Threaded.

Outlet or Vent Connection: Same size as inlet connection.

2.8 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.

Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.

B. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Plastic Ribbon Tape: Bright colored, continuously printed, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service.

D. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Natural Gas Service" in large letters.

2.9 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS
A. Bedding: Fill Type as specified in Division 31.

B. Cover: Fill Type as specified in Division 31.
22 16 00 - 6 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-666
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Soil Backfill from Above Pipe to Finish Grade: Soil Type, as specified in Division 31.

Subsoil with no rocks over 6 inches in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.3 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install pipe hangers and supports in accordance with Section 22 05 29.

3.4 INSTALLATION - BURIED PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Verify connection to existing piping system size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings.

C. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than 1.5 ft of cover.

D. Establish minimum separation of 12 inches from other services piping in accordance with code.

E. Remove scale and dirt on inside of piping before assembly.

F. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Division 31.

G. Place bedding material at trench bottom to provide uniform bedding for piping, level bedding materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 inches compacted depth; compact to 95 percent maximum density.

H. Install pipe on prepared bedding.

I. Route pipe in straight line.

J. Install plastic ribbon tape continuous over. buried 6 inches below finish grade, above pipe line; coordinate with Division 31.
22 16 00 - 7 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-667
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
K. Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe. Above pipe line; coordinate with Division 31.

L. Pipe Cover and Backfilling:

1. 2.

Backfill trench in accordance with Division 31.

Maintain optimum moisture content of fill material to attain required compaction density.

After hydrostatic test, evenly backfill entire trench width by hand placing backfill material and hand tamping in 4 inches compacted layers to 6 inches minimum cover over top of jacket. Compact to 95 percent maximum density.

Evenly and continuously backfill remaining trench depth in uniform layers with backfill material.

Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping.

3. 4.

5. 3.5 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.

C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient.

D. Where required, bend pipe with pipe bending tools in accordance with procedures intended for that purpose.

E. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space.

F. Size and install gas piping to provide sufficient gas to supply maximum appliance demand at pressure higher than appliance minimum inlet pressure.

G. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

H. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

I. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 23 05 29.

J. Install firestopping at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves and piping. Refer to Section 22 05 29.

K. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.

L. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13.

M. Install vent piping from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weatherproof hood. Protect vent against entry of insects and foreign material.

1. 2.

Minimum Vent Size: Connection size at regulator vent connection.

Run individual vent line from each relief device, independent of breather vents. 22 16 00 - 8 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-668
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
N. Install identification on piping systems including underground piping. Refer to Section 23 05 53.

O. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

P. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements or 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Where gas appliance will be damaged by test pressure, disconnect appliance and cap piping during pressure test. Reconnect appliance after pressure test and leak test connection.

C. Where gas appliance is designed for operating pressures equal to or greater than piping test pressure, provide gas valve to isolate appliance or equipment from gas test pressure.

D. Pressure test natural gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54.

E. Inspect, test and purge gas piping in accordance with applicable code and local gas company requirements.

F. Where new branch piping is extended from existing system, pressure test new branch piping only. Leak test joint between new and existing piping with noncorrosive leak detection fluid or other approved method.

G. When pressure tests do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest.

H. Immediately after gas is applied to a new system, or a system has been restored after gas service interruption, check pipe for leakage.

1. Where leakage is detected, shut off gas supply until necessary repairs are complete.

I. Do not place appliances in service until leak testing and repairs are complete.

END OF SECTION
22 16 00 - 9 Facility Natural-Gas Piping
TP-669
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 34 00

DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. Commercial gas-fired water heaters.

Packaged water heating systems.

Domestic hot water storage tanks.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for concrete housekeeping pads specified by this Section.

Section 22 05 13 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment:

Product requirements for pump motors for placement by this Section.

Section 22 07 00 - Plumbing Insulation: Field applied insulation for domestic water heaters.

Section: 221100 - Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to domestic water heaters.

Section 22 16 00 - Facility Natural-Gas Piping: Execution requirements for gas piping connections specified by this Section.

Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections specified by this Section.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:

1. ANSI Z21.10.3 - Gas Water Heaters - Vol. III Storage, with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME Section VIII - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Pressure Vessels.

C. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code.

D. United States Department of Energy:

1. DOE 10 CFR - Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces.
22 34 00 - 1 Domestic Water Heaters
TP-670
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Not Required.

C. Product Data:

1. Water Heaters: Submit dimensioned drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. Indicate pump type, capacity and power requirements. Submit electrical characteristics and connection locations.

Pumps: Submit certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable.

2. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit mounting and support requirements.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit replacement part numbers and availability.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to ASME Section VIII for construction of water heaters. Provide boilers registered with National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.

B. Water Heater Performance Requirements: Equipment efficiency not less than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on Site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years' experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 22 34 00 - 2 Domestic Water Heaters
TP-671
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Products storage and handling requirements.

B. Accept water heaters on Site in original labeled cartons. Inspect for damage.

C. Protect tanks with temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five-year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters packaged water heating systems.

1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout
maintenance products.

Requirements: Spare parts and
B. Furnish two pump seals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COMMERCIAL GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. Lochinar, LLC.

A. O. Smith Corporation.

AERCO; A WATTS Brand.

Ajax Boiler Inc.

American Water Heaters.

Bock Water Heaters, Inc.

Bradford White Corporation.

Heat Transfer Products, Inc.

PVI; A WATTS Brand.

RBI.

Rheem Manufacturing Company.

State Industries.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Type: Automatic, natural gas -fired, vertical storage. 22 34 00 - 3 Domestic Water Heaters
TP-672
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Capacity:

1. Storage Capacity: Refer to drawings.

D. Tank: Refer to drawings.

E. Accessories: Brass water connections and dip tube, drain valve, magnesium anode, and ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve.

F. Controls: Automatic water thermostat with adjustable temperature range from 120 to 180 degrees F. Automatic reset high temperature limiting thermostat factory set at 195 degrees F, gas pressure regulator, multi-ribbon or tubular burner, 100 percent safety shut-off pilot and thermocouple, flue baffle and draft hood.

2.2 PACKAGED WATER HEATING SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Lochinvar, LLC.

Armstrong International, Inc.

Cemline Corporation.

Chromalox, Inc.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. System: Gas-fired direct heating boiler, circulating pump, controls, piping and valves as indicated on Drawings, storage tank, all mounted on structural steel skid.

C. Boiler:

1. Type: natural gas-fired water tube boiler, with copper finned tube heat exchanger, 1-inch diameter, 13-gage steel boiler tubes and copper tube heat exchanger with bronze heads, steel jacket with glass fiber insulation.

2. Boiler Trim: Gas burner, thermometer and pressure gauge. Immersion thermostats for operating and high limit protection, 100 percent safety shut-off.

Electric gas valve with transformer, electronic safety pilot and pilot burner, gas pressure regulator. Manual gas shut-off, low water cut off, ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve, coil relief valve, automatic boiler fill and expansion tank, draft inverter.

3. Capacity:
a. Refer to drawings.

D. Vertical Storage Tank: Refer to Drawings
E. Pump: Refer to Drawings.

F. Thermostatic Valve: Three-way, self-contained, full line size, bronze body 1/2 inch to 2 inches in size, iron body 2-1/2 inches and over, set at 140 degrees F.

2.3 DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS
A. Manufacturers:
22 34 00 - 4 Domestic Water Heaters
TP-673
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. Lochinvar, LLC
A. O. Smith Corporation.

Aldrich Company, Inc. (The).

American Water Heaters.

AMTROL, Inc.

Flexcon Industries.

GSW Water Heating.

Harsco Industrial, Patterson-Kelley.

Precision Boilers.

PVI; A WATTS Brand.

Raypak; a Rheem brand.

RBI.

RECO USA.

State Industries.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Tank: Refer to Drawings.

C. Lining: Refer to Drawings,
D. Accessories: Tank drain, water inlet and outlet, thermometer range of 40 to 200 degrees F, ASME pressure relief valve suitable for maximum working pressure.

E. Vertical Storage Tank: Refer to drawings.

F. Insulation: Refer to Section 22 07 00.

2.4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS
A. Electrical Characteristics: According to Section 26 05 03.

B. Motors: According to Section 22 05 13.

C. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel on equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances around and over water heaters.

B. Install water heater on concrete housekeeping pad, minimum 3-1/2 inches high and 6 inches larger than water heater base on each side. Refer to Section 03 30 00.

C. Connect natural gas piping according to NFPA 54.

D. Connect natural gas piping to water heater, full size of water heater gas train inlet.

Arrange piping with clearances for burner removal and service.

E. Connect domestic hot and cold water piping to supply and return water heater connections.
22 34 00 - 5 Domestic Water Heaters
TP-674
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
F. Install the following piping accessories. Refer to Section 22 11 00.

1. On Supply:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Thermometer well and thermometer.

Strainer.

Pressure gage.

Shutoff valve.

2. On Return:
a.
b.
c.

Thermometer well and thermometer.

Pressure gage.

Shutoff valve.

G. Install the following piping accessories on natural gas piping connections. Refer to Section 22 16 00.

1. 2.

3. 4.

Strainer.

Pressure gage.

Shutoff valve.

Pressure reducing valve.

H. Install discharge piping from relief valves and drain valves to nearest floor drain.

I. Install circulator and diaphragm expansion tank on water heater.

J. Install water heater trim and accessories furnished loose for field mounting.

K. Install electrical devices furnished loose for field mounting.

L. Install control wiring between water heater control panel and field mounted control devices.

M. Connect flue to water heater outlet, full size of outlet. Refer to Section 23 51 00.

N. Domestic Hot Water Storage Tanks:

1. 2.

Provide steel pipe support, independent of building structural framing members.

Clean and flush after installation. Seal until pipe connections are made.

END OF SECTION
22 34 00 - 6 Domestic Water Heaters
TP-675
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 22 40 00

PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. Water closets.

Urinals.

Lavatories.

Sinks.

Service sinks.

Drinking fountains.

Showers.

Emergency combination shower with eye and face wash.

Lavatory insulation kit.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Product requirements for calking between fixtures and building components for placement by this Section.

2. Section 22 11 00 - Facility Water Distribution: Supply connections to plumbing fixtures.

Section 22 13 00 - Facility Sanitary Sewerage: Waste connections to plumbing fixtures.

Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections to sensor valves and faucets specified by this Section.

3. 4.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:

1. 2.

ANSI Z124.2 - Plastic Shower Units.

ANSI Z358.1 - Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment.

B. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute:

1. ARI 1010 - Self-Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking-Water Coolers.

C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME A112.6.1 - Floor-Affixed Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use.

ASME A112.18.1 - Plumbing Fixture Fittings.

ASME A112.19.1M - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures.

ASME A112.19.2M - Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures.

ASME A112.19.3 - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use).

2. 3.

4. 5.
22 40 00 - 1 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-676
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

6. 7.

ASME A112.19.4 - Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures.

ASME A112.19.5 - Trim for Water-Closet Bowls, Tanks and Urinals.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.

C. Samples: Not Required.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation methods and procedures.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements: Requirements for sustainable design submittals.

B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified sustainable design requirements.

1. Water Efficiency Certificates:
a.
b.

Certify plumbing fixture flow rates.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
C. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit fixture, trim, exploded view, and replacement parts lists.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work according to of standard.

B. Provide products requiring electrical connections listed and classified by as suitable for purpose specified and indicated.

C. Provide plumbing fixture fittings according to ASME A112.18.1 that prevent backflow from fixture into water distribution system.

D. Maintain one copy of each document on Site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years' experience .
22 40 00 - 2 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-677
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with three years' experience.
minimum

1.7 MOCKUPS
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Mockup requirements.

B. Construct mockup of typical bathroom group.

C. Locate where.

D. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work.

1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum prior to commencing Work of this Section.

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage requirements.
and handling
B. Accept fixtures on Site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.

C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. leaving factory

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product product bonds.
warranties and
B. Furnish 5-year manufacturer warranty for plumbing fixtures.

1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two sets of faucet washers, flush valve, service kits, lavatory supply fittings, shower heads, and toilet seats.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL)
A. Manufacturers:
22 40 00 - 3 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-678
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

American Standard.

Sloan.

Crane Plumbing, LLC; a division of American Standard.

Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.

Kohler Co.

TOTO USA, INC.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Bowl: ASME A112.19.2M; wall hung, vitreous china closet bowl, with elongated rim, 1-1/2-inch spud, china bolt caps.

C. Sensor Operated Flush Valve: ASME A112.18.1; concealed rough brass, diaphragm type with operated solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome-plated plate, wheel handle stop and vacuum breaker; maximum 1.28 gal.

Flush volume.

D. Seat: Solid plastic, open front, extended back, brass bolts, cover.

E. Floor Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron frame, integral drain hub and vent, adjustable spud, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs with nuts and washers.

2.2 WALL HUNG URINALS (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

American Standard.

Sloan.

Crane Plumbing, LLC; a division of American Standard.

Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.

Kohler Co.

TOTO USA, INC.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements .

B. Urinal: ASME A112.19.2M or ANSI Z124.9, vitreous; vitreous china, wall hung with shields, integral trap, spud, steel supporting hanger. urinal
C. Sensor Operated Flush Valve: ASME A112.18.1;, diaphragm type with operated solenoid operator, infrared sensor and over-ride button in chrome-plated plate, wheel handle stop and vacuum breaker; maximum 0.5 gal. flush volume.

D. Floor Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded fixture studs for fixture hanger, bearing studs.

E. Provide elastomeric gasket complying with ASME A112.4.3, or approved setting compound, for fixture to flange connection.
22 40 00 - 4 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-679
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.3 LAVATORIES (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

American Standard.

Sloan.

Crane Plumbing, LLC; a division of American Standard.

Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.

Kohler Co.

TOTO USA, INC.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Vitreous China Wall Hung Basin: ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china wall hung lavatory by inches minimum, with 4-inch high back, drillings on centers, rectangular basin with splash lip, front overflow, and soap depression.

C. Vitreous China Counter Top Basin: ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china self-rimming counter top lavatory, by inches with drillings on centers, front overflow, seal of putty, caulking, or concealed vinyl gasket.

D. Undercounter Lavatory: ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china, unglazed rim for under counter mount with rear overflow, by inches with drillings on centers.

E. Supply Fitting: ASME A112.18.1; chrome-plated supply fitting with water economy aerator with maximum 0.5 gpm flow,.

F. Metered Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome-plated metered mixing faucet with low voltage operated solenoid operator and infrared sensor, and cover plate, open grid strainer.

G. Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2 or ASTM F 409.

H. For public hand washing facilities, provide tempered water through regulating device conforming to ASSE 1070.

I. Accessories:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Chrome-plated 17-gage brass P-trap and arm with escutcheon.

Offset waste with perforated open strainer.

Wheel handle stops.

Flexible supplies.

Trap and waste insulated and offset to meet ADA compliance.

J. Wall Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, bearing plate and studs.

2.4 SINKS (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:
22 40 00 - 5 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-680
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Elkay.

Just Manufacturing.

Commercial Enameling Company.

Kohler Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Single Compartment Bowl: ASME A112.19.3; by by inches outside dimensions, thick, Type
for trim.
stainless steel. Self-rimming and undercoated, with , ledge back drilled C. Double Compartment Bowl: ASME A112.19.3; by by inches outside dimensions thick, Type
for trim.
stainless steel. Self-rimming and undercoated, with , ledge back drilled D. Enameled Bowl: porcelain enameled compartment, by by inches outside dimensions, self-rimming and undercoated, with 3-1/2-inch diameter crumb cup and chromed brass tailpiece, ledge back drilled for trim.

E. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; chrome-plated brass supply with swing spout, water economy aerator with maximum 1.5 gpm flow,.

F. Accessories: 17-gage brass P-trap and arm with escutcheon, stop, supplies.

2.5 SHOWERS (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. Symmons.

Aqua Glass Corporation.

Aquarius Bathware; a Praxis Company.

Aquatic Industries, Inc.

Clarion Bathware.

Crane Plumbing, LLC; a division of American Standard.

Kohler Co.

Zurn Industries, LLC.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Cabinet: ASME A112.19.4; porcelain enameled steel, high, with receptor, soap dish, removable chrome-plated strainer, tail piece, color.

C. Cabinet: ANSI Z124.2 , high, with receptor, soap dish, removable chrome-plated strainer, tailpiece, color.

D. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; concealed shower supply with indexed handles, bent shower arm with ball joint showerhead with maximum 1.5 gpm flow, and escutcheon.

E. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; concealed straight way pattern valve with indexed cross handle.
22 40 00 - 6 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-681
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
F. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; concealed rough brass metering valve with closed fluid metering system adjustable from 5 to 120 seconds, chrome-plated push button and escutcheon, wheel handle stop.

G. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; concealed shower supply with mixing valves, integral service stops, bent shower arm with ball joint shower head with maximum 1.5 gpm flow, and escutcheon.

H. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; chrome-plated vandal-proof institutional head with wall bracket and built-in 2.5 gpm flow control.
integral
I. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; concealed shower supply with mixing valves, integral service stops, hand held shower with hose and slide bar, female inlet.

J. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; built-in 1.5 gpm flow control, hand held shower with hose and slide bar, female inlet.

1. Provide backflow protection according to ASME A112.18.1 or by complying with ASME 112.18.3.
device

2.6 DRINKING FOUNTAINS (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. Elkay.

Halsey Taylor.

Haws Corporation.

Kohler Co.

Murdock Manufacturing; A Division of Morris Group International.

Oasis International.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Fountain: 14 gage, type 304 stainless steel with elevated anti-squirt bubbler with stream guard, automatic stream regulator, handle, access cover plate, mounting bracket, screwdriver stop. Provide with bottle filler.

2.7 SERVICE SINKS (REFER TO PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL) A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. Acorn Engineering Company; a Division of Morris Group International.

American Standard.

Commercial Enameling Company.

Crane Plumbing, LLC; a division of American Standard.

Florestone Products Co., Inc.

Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC.

Kohler Co.

Stern-Williams Co., Inc.

Swan Corporation (The).

Zurn Industries, LLC.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. 22 40 00 - 7 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-682
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Bowl: White, cast iron, floor mounted, with bumper guard, stainless-steel strainer.

C. Trim: ASME A112.18.1 exposed wall type supply with handles, spout wall brace, vacuum breaker, hose end spout, strainers, eccentric adjustable inlets, integral screwdriver stops with covering caps and adjustable threaded wall flanges.

D. Accessories:

1. 2.

3. 5 feet of 1/2 inch diameter plain end reinforced hose.

Hose clamp hanger.

Mop hanger.

2.8 EMERGENCY COMBINATION SHOWER WITH EYE AND FACE WASH (REFER TO

PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR MAKE & MODEL)
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Guardian Equipment Co.

Acorn Safety; a Division of Morris Group International.

Bradley Corporation.

Haws Corporation.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Shower: ANSI Z358.1; free standing, self- cleaning, non-clogging 8-inchdiameter stainless-steel shower head, instant action stay open valve actuated by rigid stainless-steel pull rod.

C. Eyewash: ANSI Z358.1; stainless-steel bowl with elbow, 1-1/4-inch stainless-steel pipe pedestal with floor flange, instant action stay open valve actuated by push flag, twin spray heads, and tailpiece and chrome-plated brass P-trap.

D. Supply and Waste Piping: 1-1/4-inch stainless-steel pipe pedestal with floor flange.

E. Furnish universal emergency sign.

F. Furnish corrosion resistant coating.

2.9 LAVATORY INSULATION KIT
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc.

Truebro.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Where Lavatories are noted to be insulated for ADA compliance, furnish the following: Safety Covers conforming to ANSI A177.1 and consisting of insulation kit of molded closed cell vinyl construction, 3/16 inch thick, color, for insulating tailpiece, P-trap, valves, and supply piping. Furnish with weep hole and angle valve access covers.
22 40 00 - 8 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-683
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.

C. Verify electric power is available and of correct characteristics.

D. Confirm millwork is constructed with adequate provision for installation of counter top lavatories and sinks.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Rough-in fixture piping connections according to minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.

B. Provide chrome-plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with escutcheons.
stops, reducers, and
C. Install components level and plumb.

D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall and bolts.

E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 90 00, color to match fixture.

F. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place.

G. For ADA accessible water closets, install flush valve with handle to wide side of stall.

3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Review millwork shop-drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough in and installation.

3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.
22 40 00 - 9 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-684
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.6 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.

3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements:
construction.

Protecting installed
B. Do not permit use of fixtures before final acceptance.

END OF SECTION
22 40 00 - 10 Plumbing Fixtures
TP-685
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY`
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

Vibration and seismic controls for HVAC piping and equipment.

Mechanical seals for interior, exterior, below grade pipe penetrations.

PHP design supports for roof top ducts, piping & crossovers.

Sleeves for interior floor and wall pipe penetrations.

Pipe and valve markers for HVAC systems.

Firestopping relating to HVAC work.

Nameplates for HVAC equipment.

Calif. Mech Code supports.

Steel channel.

Motors.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Required.

B. Shop Drawings: Required.

C. Samples: Required for pipe and equipment identification.

D. Project Record Documents: Required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MOTORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. U.S. manufactured motors for intended service odp, tefc, vfd, ecm, insulation, torque, service factor, nema.

2. Substitutions: Not Permitted.

B. Motor Type: NEMA with bearing shaft grounding ring for vfd motors.

C. Controls: Provide Nema control panels as required, Lonworks or BacNet IP.

2.2 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide the following types of seismic vibration isolators:

1. Structural bases.
23 05 00 - 1 Common Work Results for HVAC
TP-686
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. Open spring isolators.

Restrained spring isolators.

Closed spring isolators.

Restrained closed spring isolators.

Spring curbs and hangers.

Neoprene pad isolators.

Rubber mount or hanger.

Glass fiber pads.

Seismic snubbers.

2.3 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
A. Plastic Nameplates: Laminated plastic with engraved letters.

B. Plastic Tags: Laminated plastic with engraved letters, minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter.

C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering.

D. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.

E. Plastic Underground Pipe Markers: Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, for direct burial service.

2.4 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Galvanized steel.

D. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel or wood.

2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.6 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL
A. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage) thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center.

2.7 FIRESTOPPING
A. Firestopping Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 07 84 00. 23 05 00 - 2 Common Work Results for HVAC
TP-687
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Firestopping Materials: HILTI or approved equal.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. Silicone firestopping elastomeric firestopping.

Foam firestopping compounds.

Formulated firestopping compound of incombustible fibers.

Fiber stuffing and sealant firestopping.

Mechanical firestopping device with fillers.

Intumescent firestopping.

Firestop pillows.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Install plastic nameplates with adhesive.

B. Install plastic tags with corrosion resistant metal chain.

3.2 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES
A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals.

B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction.

Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.

E. Install stainless steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.

3.3 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING
A. Firestopping Materials: Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping.

END OF SECTION
23 05 00 - 3 Common Work Results for HVAC
TP-688
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 05 13

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes single- and three-phase motors for application on equipment provided under other sections.

B. Related Sections:

1. 2.

Division 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

Division 26 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association:

1. ABMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.

C. International Electrical Testing Association:

1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit catalog data for each motor. Indicate nameplate data, standard compliance, electrical ratings and characteristics, and physical dimensions, weights, mechanical performance data, and support points.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Division 01 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect products from weather and moisture by covering with plastic or canvas and by maintaining heating within enclosure.
23 05 13 - 1 Common Motor Requirements
for HVAC Equipment
TP-689
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturers: Shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s preference.

B. Motors 1 hp and Larger: Three-phase motor as specified below.

C. Motors Smaller Than 1 hp: Single-phase motor as specified below, except motors less than 250 watts or 1/4 hp may be equipment manufacturer’s standard.

D. Three-Phase Motors: NEMA MG 1, Design B, energy-efficient squirrel-cage induction motor, with windings to accomplish starting methods and number of speeds.

1. 2.

3. Voltage: As indicated on Drawings.

Service Factor: 1.15.

Enclosure: Meet conditions of installation unless specific enclosure is indicated on Drawings.

Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment, with temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type.

Insulation System: NEMA Class F. Motor insulation shall meet UL flame/smoke rating of 25/50 or less.

Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts.

Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors embedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay with wiring to terminal box.

Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA 9, L-10 life of 200,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate.

Sound Power Levels: Conform to NEMA MG 1.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

E. Single Phase Motors:

1. Permanent split-capacitor type, where available, otherwise use split-phase start/capacitor run or capacitor start/capacitor run motor.

HVAC motors for fans less than 1 hp and greater than 1/12 hp shall be ECM or have minimum motor efficiency of 70%. Motors must have means to adjust motor speed for balancing or remote control.

Voltage: As indicated on drawings.

2. 3.

F. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated.
23 05 13 - 2 Common Motor Requirements
for HVAC Equipment
TP-690
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position.

B. Install engraved plastic nameplates in accordance with Division 26.

C. Ground and bond motors in accordance with Division 26.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Division 01 - Quality Requirements and - Execution and Closeout Requirements:

Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.15.

END OF SECTION
23 05 13 - 3 Common Motor Requirements
for HVAC Equipment
TP-691
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 05 29

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. Pipe hangers and supports.

Hanger rods.

Inserts.

Flashing.

Equipment curbs.

Sleeves.

Mechanical sleeve seals.

Formed steel channel.

Firestopping accessories.

Equipment bases and supports.

See Contract Drawings for seismic bracing of ductwork, piping and equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Execution requirements for placement of inserts in concrete forms specified by this section.

Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Execution requirements for placement of concrete housekeeping pads specified by this section.

Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealant: Product requirements for sealant materials for placement by this section.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product and execution requirements for painting specified by this section.

Section 23 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product and execution requirements for vibration isolators.

Section 23 21 13 - Hydronic Piping: Execution requirements for placement of hangers and supports specified by this section.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. 2.

ASME B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping.

ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

B. American Welding Society:

1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

C. FM Global:
23 05 29 - 1 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-692
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation.

D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:

1. 2.

3. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.

MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.

E. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):

1. WH - Certification Listings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location including critical dimensions, sizes, and pipe hanger and support locations and detail of trapeze hangers.

C. Product Data:

1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity.

D. Design Data: Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Indicate calculations used to determine load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers. Submit sizing methods or calculations sealed by a registered professional engineer.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions:

1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience.

1.5 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.
23 05 29 - 2 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-693
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification.

C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original packaging.

1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for pipe hangers and supports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

B-Line Systems.

Anvil.

Tolco.

Unistrut Corp.

PHD Manufacturing Inc.

Anvil International.

B. Hydronic Piping:

1. 2.

Conform to ASME B31.9.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring.

Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.

Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll.

Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 23 05 29 - 3 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-694
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

12. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

13. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Smaller: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

14. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Larger: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support.

15. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon steel ring.

C. Refrigerant Piping:

1. 2.

Conform to ASME B31.5.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hook.

Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Larger: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.

Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated carbon-steel ring.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded.

2.3 INSERTS
A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.

2.4 FLASHING
A. Metal Flashing: 26 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Metal Counterflashing: 22 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Lead Flashing:

1. 2.

Waterproofing: 5 lb./sq. ft sheet lead.

Soundproofing: 1 lb./sq. ft sheet lead.

D. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing.

E. Caps: Steel, 22 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. 23 05 29 - 4 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-695
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.5 EQUIPMENT CURBS
A. Fabrication: Welded 18 gage galvanized steel shell and base, mitered 3 inch cant, variable step to match roof insulation, 1-1/2 inch thick insulation, factory installed wood nailer.

2.6 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel.

C. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Galvanized steel.

D. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel or wood.

E. Sealant: Refer to Section 07 90 00.

2.7 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc.

NMP Corporation.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

2.8 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Allied Tube & Conduit Corp.

B-Line Systems.

Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division.

Unistrut Corp.

B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - INSERTS
A. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms.
23 05 29 - 5 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-696
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.

C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger.

D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab.

3.2 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.5 and ASME 31.9.

B. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.

C. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

E. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment.

F. Support vertical piping at every floor.

G. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or trapeze hangers.

H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

I. Provide packing between hanger or support and piping.

J. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

K. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

L. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation. Refer to Section 22 07 00.

3.3 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported equipment. Refer to Section 03 30 00.

B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment.
23 05 29 - 6 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-697
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Construct supports of steel members, formed steel channel and steel pipe and fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.

D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed.

Refer to Section 21 05 48.

3.4 INSTALLATION - FLASHING
A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs.

B. Provide acoustical lead flashing around ducts and pipes penetrating equipment rooms for sound control.

C. Provide curbs for roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface.

Flash and counter-flash with sheet metal; seal watertight. Attach counterflashing to equipment and lap base flashing on roof curbs. Flatten and solder joints.

D. Adjust storm collars tight to pipe with bolts; caulk around top edge. Use storm collars above roof jacks. Screw vertical flange section to face of curb.

3.5 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES
A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with mechanical sleeve seals.

B. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.

C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction.

Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.

D. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.

E. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with stuffing, firestopping insulation and caulk airtight.

Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.

F. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 43 00 - Quality Assurance, Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements. Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.

3.7 CLEANING
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.
23 05 29 - 7 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-698
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.

3.9 SCHEDULES
A. Maximum Copper and Steel Pipe Hanger Spacing:

B. Maximum Plastic and Ductile Iron Pipe Hanger Spacing:
23 05 29 - 8 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment

PIPE MATERIAL

MAXIMUM

HANGER SPACING
Feet

HANGER ROD

DIAMETER
Inches
ABS (All sizes) 4 3/8
FRP (All Sizes) 4 3/8

PIPE SIZE
Inches
COPPER
TUBING

MAXIMUM
HANGER

SPACING
Feet

STEEL PIPE

MAXIMUM
HANGER

SPACING
Feet
COPPER
TUBING
HANGER
ROD

DIAMETER
Inches

STEEL PIPE
HANGER
ROD

DIAMETER
Inches
1/2 5 7 3/8 3/8
3/4 5 7 3/8 3/8
1 6 7 3/8 3/8
1-1/4 7 7 3/8 3/8
1-1/2 8 9 3/8 3/8
2 8 10 3/8 3/8
2-1/2 (Note 2) 9 11 1/2 1/2
3 10 12 1/2 1/2
4 12 14 1/2 5/8
5 13 16 1/2 5/8
6 14 17 5/8 3/4
8 16 19 3/4 3/4
10 18 22 3/4 7/8
12 19 23 3/4 7/8
14 22 25 7/8 1
16 23 27 7/8 1
18 25 28 1 1
20 27 30 1 1-1/4
24 28 32 1-1/4 1-1/4
TP-699
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Note 1: Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations for grooved end piping systems.

D. Note 2: 20 feet maximum spacing, minimum of one hanger for each pipe section close to joint behind bell. Provide hanger at each change of direction and each branch connection. For pipe sizes 6 inches and smaller, subjected to loadings other than weight of pipe and contents, limit span to maximum spacing for water service steel pipe.

3.10 SEISMIC BRACING
A. Provide seismic bracing of pipe, ductwork and equipment for SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines in accordance with CBC, and ASCE requirements.

Contractor Drawings for additional details.

See

END OF SECTION
23 05 29 - 9 Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
Ductile Iron (Note 2)
PVC (All Sizes) 4 3/8
TP-700
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 05 48

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. Inertia bases.

Vibration isolators.

Ductwork lagging.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Product requirements for concrete for placement by this section.

Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealant: Product requirements for joint sealers specified for placement by this section.

Section 08 91 00 - Louvers: Product requirements for acoustic wall louvers.

Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports.

Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC: Requirements for sound and vibration measurements performed independent of this section.

Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for both solid and flexible duct connectors for duct silencers specified for placement by this section.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 1.2 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:

1. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.

B. American National Standards Institute:

1. 2.

3. 4.

ANSI S1.4 - Sound Level Meters.

ANSI S1.8 - Reference Quantities for Acoustical Levels.

ANSI S1.13 - Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels in Air.

ANSI S12.36 - Survey Methods for the Determination of Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources.

C. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute:

1. ARI 575 - Method of Measuring Machinery Sound within Equipment Space.

D. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and:

1. ASHRAE 68 - Laboratory Method of Testing In-Duct Sound Power Measurement Procedure for Fans.

2. ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications.
23 05 48 - 1 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-701
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
E. ASTM International:

1. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.

ASTM E477 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Acoustical and Airflow Performance of Duct Liner Materials and Prefabricated Silencers.

ASTM E596 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of the Noise Reduction of Sound-Isolating Enclosures.

2. 3.

F. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’:

1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide vibration isolation on motor driven equipment over 0.5 hp, plus connected piping and ductwork.

B. Provide minimum static deflection of isolators for equipment as follows:

1. Upper Floors, Normal
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Under 400 rpm: Per manufacturer.
400 - 600 rpm: 3.5 inch
600 - 800 rpm: 2 inch
800 - 900 rpm: 1 inch
1100 - 1500 rpm: 0.5 inch
Over 1500 rpm: 0.2 inch
C. Consider upper floor locations critical unless otherwise indicated.

D. Maintain sound level of spaces at levels not to exceed those listed below by utilizing acoustical devices.

E. Maintain rooms at following maximum sound levels, in Noise Criteria (NC), Room Criteria (RC) as defined by ASHRAE Handbook., HVAC Applications.

1. Offices
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Executive: 30
Conference rooms: 30
Private: 35
Open-plan areas: 40
Computer/business machine areas: 45
Public circulation: 45

2. Schools
a.
b.

Lecture and classrooms: 25
Open-plan classrooms: 30

3. Meeting Rooms/Public Assembly: 35
23 05 48 - 2 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-702
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate and locate vibration isolators, with static and dynamic load on each. Indicate assembly, materials, thickness, dimensional data, pressure losses, acoustical performance, layout, and connection details for sound attenuation products fabricated for this project.

C. Product Data: Submit schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. Submit catalog information indicating, materials, dimensional data, pressure losses, and acoustical performance for standard sound attenuation products.

D. Design Data: Submit calculations indicating maximum room sound levels are not exceeded.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions. Indicate installation requirements maintaining integrity of sound isolation.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify isolators meet or exceed specified requirements.

G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate sound isolation installation is complete and in accordance with instructions.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of cross-talk silencers, acoustic housings, ductwork lagging.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with AMCA 300, ANSI S1.13, ARI 575, ANSI S12.36, standards and recommendations of ASHRAE 68.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience.

1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting. 23 05 48 - 3 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-703
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for inertia bases.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. MW Sausee.

Approved equal.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Open Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware.

Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators.

3. 4.

C. Restrained Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Spring Mounts: Furnish with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware.

Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators.

Restraint: Furnish mounting frame and limit stops.

3. 4.

5. 23 05 48 - 4 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-704
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Closed Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers.

Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance.

3. 4.

E. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers.

Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops.

3. 4.

F. Spring Hanger:

1. Spring Isolators:
a. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs.
b. Code: Color code springs for load carrying capacity.

2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection.

Housings: Incorporate rubber hanger with threaded insert.

Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment.

3. 4.

G. Neoprene Pad Isolators:

1. Rubber or neoprene-waffle pads.
a.
b.
30 durometer.

Minimum 1/2 inch thick.
23 05 48 - 5 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-705
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
c.
d.

Maximum loading 40 psi.

Height of ribs: not to exceed 0.7 times width.

H. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.5 inches deflection with threaded insert.

I. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass fiber.

J. Seismic Snubbers:

1. Type: Non-directional and double acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements.

Neoprene Elements: Replaceable, minimum of 0.75 inch thick.

Capacity: 4 times load assigned to mount groupings at 0.4 inch deflection.

Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding 3 times rated load capacity of seismic snubber.

2. 3.

4. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify equipment, ductwork and piping is installed before work in this section is started.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install isolation for motor driven equipment.

B. Adjust equipment level.

C. Install spring hangers without binding.

D. On closed spring isolators, adjust so side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions.

E. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal.

F. Support piping connections to isolated equipment resiliently as follows:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Up to 4 inch Diameter: First three points of support.
5 to 8 inch Diameter: First four points of support.
10 inch Diameter and Over: First six points of support.

Select three hangers closest to vibration source for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or static deflection of isolated equipment. Select remaining isolators for minimum 1.0 inch static deflection or 1/2 static deflection of isolated equipment. 23 05 48 - 6 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-706
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 43 00 - Quality Assurance, Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements.

B. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report. Include static deflections.

C. Refer to Section 23 05 93 for sound measurements.

D. Furnish services of testing agency to take noise measurement. Use meters meeting requirements of ANSI S1.4.

3.4 SCHEDULES
A. See Contract Drawings for requirements.

END OF SECTION
23 05 48 - 7 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment
TP-707
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Nameplates.

Tags.

Stencils.

Pipe markers.

Ceiling tacks.

Labels.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting specified by this section.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for mechanical identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.

D. Samples: Submit two tags, labels, pipe markers and size used on project.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
23 05 53 - 1 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-708
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves; include valve tag numbers.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to ASME A13.1 for color scheme for identification of piping systems and accessories.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting.

1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NAMEPLATES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

B. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color.

2.2 TAGS
A. Plastic Tags:

1. Manufacturers:
a. Craftmark Identification Systems.
23 05 53 - 2 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-709
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
b.
c.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter.

B. Metal Tags:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Stainless Steel with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inches diameter or square with finished edges.

C. Information Tags:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Clear plastic with printed "Danger," "Caution," or "Warning" and message; size 3- 1/4 x 5-5/8 inches with grommet and self-locking nylon ties.

2.3 STENCILS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

B. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Up to 2 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1/2 inch high letters. 2-1/2 to 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-inch high letters.

Over 6 inches Outside Diameter of Insulation or Pipe: 1-3/4 inches high letters.

Ductwork and Equipment: 1-3/4 inches high letters.

C. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09 90 00, semi-gloss enamel, colors and lettering size conforming to ASME A13.1.

2.4 PIPE MARKERS
A. Color and Lettering: Conform to ASME A13.1.

B. Plastic Pipe Markers:
23 05 53 - 3 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-710
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Factory fabricated, flexible, semi-rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering. Larger sizes may have maximum sheet size with spring fastener.

C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings.

2.5 CEILING TACKS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

B. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color-coded head.

C. Color code as follows:

1. 2.

3. 4.

HVAC equipment: Yellow.

Fire dampers/smoke dampers: Red.

Plumbing valves: Green.

Heating/cooling valves: Blue.

2.6 LABELS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Craftmark Identification Systems.

Safety Sign Co.

Seton Identification Products.

B. Description: Laminated Mylar, size 1.9 x 0.75 inches, adhesive backed with printed identification and bar code.
23 05 53 - 4 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-711
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.

B. Prepare surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00 for stencil painting.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Apply stencil painting in accordance with Section 09 90 00.

B. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting.

C. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.

D. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. For unfinished canvas covering, apply paint primer before applying labels.

E. Install tags using corrosion resistant chain. Number tags consecutively by location.

F. Identify air conditioning units, pumps, heaters, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. Identify in-line pumps and other small devices with tags.

G. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates.

H. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags.

I. Identify air terminal units and radiator valves with numbered tags.

J. Tag automatic controls, instruments, and relays. Key to control schematic.

K. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.

L. For exposed natural gas lines other than steel pipe, attach yellow pipe labels with "GAS" in black lettering, at maximum 5 foot spacing.

M. Identify ductwork with stenciled painting. Identify with air conditioning unit identification number and area served. Locate identification at air conditioning unit, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction.

N. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves or dampers above T-bar type panel ceilings.

Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment.
23 05 53 - 5 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-712
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Identification: Shall be per ANSI Standard.

END OF SECTION
23 05 53 - 6 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment
TP-713
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 05 93

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Testing adjusting and balancing of air systems.

Testing adjusting and balancing of hydronic systems.

Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems.

Sound measurement of equipment operating conditions.

Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions.

Verification of fire/smoke damper operation.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. Associated Air Balance Council:

1. AABC MN-1 - National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems.

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:

1. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems.

C. Natural Environmental Balancing Bureau:

1. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Prior to commencing Work, submit proof of latest calibration date of each instrument.

C. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC MN-1 National Standards for Total System Balance forms.

D. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies preventing proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance.

E. Prior to commencing Work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. Include detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guaranty.

F. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. 23 05 93 - 1 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-714
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
G. Furnish reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with table of contents page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets and indicating thermostat locations.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations of balancing valves and rough setting.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Furnish final copy of testing, adjusting, and balancing report inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with AABC MN-1 National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

C. Prior to commencing Work, calibrate each instrument to be used.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Agency: Company specializing in testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section with minimum years documented experience certified by AABC.

B. Perform Work under supervision of AABC Certified Test and Balance Engineer.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting.

1.8 SEQUENCING
A. Section 01 11 00 - Summary: Work sequence.

B. Sequence balancing between completion of systems tested and Date of Substantial Completion.

1.9 SCHEDULING
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Schedule and provide assistance in final adjustment and test of life safety system with Fire Authority.
23 05 93 - 2 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-715
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Verify the following:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Systems are started and operating in safe and normal condition.

Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.

Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.

Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters.

Duct systems are clean of debris.

Fans are rotating correctly.

Fire and volume dampers are in place and open.

Air coil fins are cleaned and combed.

Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.

Air outlets are installed and connected.

Duct system leakage is minimized.

Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented.

Pumps are rotating correctly.

Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place or in normal position.

Service and balancing valves are open.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 3.2 PREPARATION
A. Furnish instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations.

B. Make instruments available to Architect/Engineer to facilitate spot checks during testing.

3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Air Conditioning Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design.

B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 5 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.

C. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design.

3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
23 05 93 - 3 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-716
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Verify recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions.

C. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.

D. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted. If disrupted, verify correcting adjustments have been made.

E. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services, preventing system balance.

F. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings.

G. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by Owner.

H. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit report.

3.5 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. Adjust air conditioning and distribution systems to obtain required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities.

B. Make air quantity measurements in main ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct.

C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.

D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts.

E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by using volume dampers located in ducts.

F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide sheave drive changes to vary fan speed. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation.

G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet.

H. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.

I. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions.
23 05 93 - 4 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-717
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
J. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage.

K. At modulating damper locations, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum airflow rate, full cooling, and at minimum airflow rate, full heating.

L. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to obtain required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches positive static pressure near building entries.

M. For variable air volume system powered units set volume controller to airflow setting indicated. Confirm connections properly made and confirm proper operation for automatic variable-air-volume temperature control.

3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. Adjust water systems, after air balancing, to obtain design quantities.

B. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow-metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in system.

C. Adjust systems to obtain specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing.

D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open or in normal position to heat transfer elements.

E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point.

F. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, simulate full flow in one part by temporary restriction of flow to other parts.

3.7 FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS
A. Provide field verification of fire/smoke damper per code requirement including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Visual confirmation of the complete closure of the dampers when the fire/alarm system is in simulated fire modes and during power simulated power failure.

Visual confirmation that the dampers are fully open during normal modes without any unusual noise and vibrations.

2. 23 05 93 - 5 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-718
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.8 SCHEDULES
A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

Plumbing Pumps.

HVAC Pumps.

Boilers.

Air Handling Units.

Split System Air Conditioning Systems
Computer Room Air Conditioning Units.

Fans.

Air Filters.

Air Terminal Units.

Air Inlets and Outlets.

B. Report Forms

1. Title Page:
a.
b.
c.

Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency
Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency
Telephone and facsimile numbers of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency
Project name
Project location
Project Architect
Project Engineer
Project Contractor
Project altitude
Report date
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

2. Summary Comments:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Design versus final performance
Notable characteristics of system
Description of systems operation sequence
Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate building pressurization Nomenclature used throughout report
Test conditions

3. Instrument List:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Instrument
Manufacturer
Model number
Serial number
Range
Calibration date

4. Electric Motors:
23 05 93 - 6 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-719
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Manufacturer
Model/Frame
HP/BHP and kW
Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load
RPM
Service factor
Starter size, rating, heater elements
Sheave Make/Size/Bore

5. V-Belt Drive:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Identification/location
Required driven RPM
Driven sheave, diameter and RPM
Belt, size and quantity
Motor sheave diameter and RPM
Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual

6. Pump Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.

Identification/number
Manufacturer
Size/model
Impeller
Service
Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP and kW
Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP and kW
Discharge pressure
Suction pressure
Total operating head pressure
Shut off, discharge and suction pressures
Shut off, total head pressure

7. Combustion Test:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.

Manufacturer
Model number
Serial number
Firing rate
Overfire draft
Gas meter timing dial size
Gas meter time per revolution
Gas pressure at meter outlet
Gas flow rate
Heat input
Burner manifold gas pressure
Percent carbon monoxide (CO)
Percent carbon dioxide (CO2)
Percent oxygen (O2)
Percent excess air
Flue gas temperature at outlet
23 05 93 - 7 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-720
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.

Ambient temperature
Net stack temperature
Percent stack loss
Percent combustion efficiency
Heat output

8. Air Moving Equipment:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.

Location
Manufacturer
Model number
Serial number
Arrangement/Class/Discharge
Air flow, specified and actual
Return air flow, specified and actual
Outside air flow, specified and actual
Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual Inlet pressure
Discharge pressure
Sheave Make/Size/Bore
Number of Belts/Make/Size
Fan RPM

9. Return Air/Outside Air Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.

Identification/location
Design air flow
Actual air flow
Design return air flow
Actual return air flow
Design outside air flow
Actual outside air flow
Return air temperature
Outside air temperature
Required mixed air temperature
Actual mixed air temperature
Design outside/return air ratio
Actual outside/return air ratio

10. Exhaust Fan Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

Location
Manufacturer
Model number
Serial number
Air flow, specified and actual
Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual Inlet pressure
Discharge pressure
Sheave Make/Size/Bore
Number of Belts/Make/Size
23 05 93 - 8 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-721
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
k. Fan RPM

11. Duct Traverse:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

System zone/branch
Duct size
Area
Design velocity
Design air flow
Test velocity
Test air flow
Duct static pressure
Air temperature
Air correction factor

12. Duct Leak Test:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Description of ductwork under test
Duct design operating pressure
Duct design test static pressure
Duct capacity, air flow
Maximum allowable leakage duct capacity times leak factor Test apparatus
1) Blower
2) Orifice, tube size
3) Orifice size
4) Calibrated
g.
h.
i.

Test static pressure
Test orifice differential pressure
Leakage

13. Air Monitoring Station Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Identification/location
System
Size
Area
Design velocity
Design air flow
Test velocity
Test air flow

14. Flow Measuring Station:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Identification/number
Location
Size
Manufacturer
Model number
23 05 93 - 9 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-722
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.

Serial number
Design Flow rate
Design pressure drop
Actual/final pressure drop
Actual/final flow rate
Station calibrated setting

15. Terminal Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.

Manufacturer
Type, constant, variable, single, dual duct
Identification/number
Location
Model number
Size
Minimum static pressure
Minimum design air flow
Maximum design air flow
Maximum actual air flow
Inlet static pressure

16. Air Distribution Test Sheet:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

Air terminal number
Room number/location
Terminal type
Terminal size
Area factor
Design velocity
Design air flow
Test (final) velocity
Test (final) air flow
Percent of design air flow

END OF SECTION
23 05 93 - 10 Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC
TP-723
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 07 00

HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. HVAC piping insulation, jackets and accessories.

HVAC equipment insulation, jackets and accessories.

HVAC ductwork insulation, jackets, and accessories.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for painting insulation jackets and covering specified by this section.

2. 1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement.

ASTM C449/C449M - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement.

ASTM C450 - Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, and Vessel Lagging.

ASTM C533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C534 - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form.

ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation.

ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications.

ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C585 - Standard Practice for Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System).

ASTM C591 - Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C921 - Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C1071 - Standard Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation (Glass Fiber, Duct Lining Material).

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 11.

12. 13.
23 07 00 - 1 HVAC Insulation
TP-724
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

14. ASTM C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation.

ASTM C1290 - Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts.

ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.

ASTM D4637 - Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane.

ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

ASTM E162 - Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.

15. 16.

17. 18.

19. B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’:

1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 1978 - Standard for Safety for Grease Ducts.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit product description, thermal characteristics and list of materials and thickness for each service, and location.

C. Samples: Submit two samples of representative size illustrating each insulation type.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers published literature indicating proper installation procedures.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test pipe insulation for maximum flame spread index of 25 and maximum smoke developed index of not exceeding 5 in accordance with ASTM E84.

B. Pipe insulation manufactured in accordance with ASTM C585 for inner and outer diameters.

C. Factory fabricated fitting covers manufactured in accordance with ASTM C450.

D. Duct insulation, Coverings, and Linings: Maximum 25/50 flame spread/smoke developed index, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, using specimen procedures and mounting procedures of ASTM E 2231.
23 07 00 - 2 HVAC Insulation
TP-725
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum five years documented experience.

1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness.

C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage, by storing in original wrapping.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.

B. Install insulation only when ambient temperature and humidity conditions are within range recommended by manufacturer.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Manufacturers for Glass Fiber and Mineral Fiber Insulation Products:

1. 2.

3. 4.

CertainTeed.

Knauf.

Johns Manville.

Owens-Corning.
23 07 00 - 3 HVAC Insulation
TP-726
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Manufacturers for Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Products:

1. 2.

3. Aeroflex. Aerocell.

Armacell, LLC. Armaflex.

Nomaco. K-flex.

C. Manufacturers for Polyisocyanurate Foam Insulation Products:

1. 2.

Dow Chemical Company.

Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

D. Manufacturers for Extruded Polystyrene Insulation Products:

1. 2.

Dow Chemical Company.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

2.2 PIPE INSULATION
A. TYPE P-1: ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F.

Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type I, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints.

4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F.

B. TYPE P-2: ASTM C547, molded glass fiber pipe insulation.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 850 degrees F.

C. TYPE P-3: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F.

Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type II, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints.

4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F.

D. TYPE P-4: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F.

E. TYPE P-5: ASTM C534, Type I, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 70 to 180 degrees F.

F. TYPE P-6: ASTM C534, Type I, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular. 23 07 00 - 4 HVAC Insulation
TP-727
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.30 at 75 degrees F.

Maximum Service Temperature: 300 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 58 to 300 degrees F.

G. TYPE P-7: ASTM C534, Type I, flexible, nonhalogen, closed cell elastomeric insulation, tubular.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 58 to 250 degrees F.

H. TYPE P-8: ASTM C547, Type I or II, mineral fiber preformed pipe insulation, noncombustible.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F.

Canvas Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric treated with fire retardant lagging adhesive.

I. TYPE P-11: ASTM C533; Type I, hydrous calcium silicate pipe insulation, rigid molded white; asbestos free.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.45 at 200 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 1200 degrees F.

2.3 PIPE INSULATION JACKETS
A. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. 2.

ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

B. PVC Plastic Pipe Jacket:

1. Product Description: ASTM D1785, One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.

Thickness: 10 mil.

Connections: Brush on welding adhesive and tacks.

2. 3.

C. ABS Plastic Pipe Jacket:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.

Minimum service temperature: 0 degrees F.

Maximum service temperature of 180 degrees F.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

Thickness: 30 mil.

Connections: Brush on welding adhesive.

D. Aluminum Pipe Jacket:

1. ASTM B209.
23 07 00 - 5 HVAC Insulation
TP-728
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. 3.

4. 5.

Thickness: 0.025 inch thick sheet.

Finish: Smooth.

Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps with caulking.

Fittings: 0.025 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.

6. Metal Jacket Bands: 1/2 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel.

2.4 PIPE INSULATION ACCESSORIES
A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.

C. Piping 1-1/2 inches diameter and smaller: Galvanized steel insulation protection shield. MSS SP-69, Type 40. Length: Based on pipe size and insulation thickness.

D. Piping 2 inches diameter and larger: Wood insulation saddle, hard maple. Inserts length: not less than 6 inches long, matching thickness and contour of adjoining insulation.

E. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation Pipe Hanger: Polyurethane insert with stainless steel jacket single piece construction with self-adhesive closure. Thickness to match pipe insulation.

F. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.

G. Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449/C449M.

H. Insulating Cement: ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool.

I. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation.

2.5 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. TYPE E-1: ASTM C553; glass fiber, flexible or semi-rigid, noncombustible.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F.

Density: 1.5 pound per cubic foot.

B. TYPE E-2: ASTM C612; glass fiber, rigid board, noncombustible with factory applied kraft reinforced aluminum foil jacket.

1. 2.

3. 4.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 450 degrees F.

Density: 3.0 pound per cubic foot.

Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F.

C. TYPE E-3: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket.
23 07 00 - 6 HVAC Insulation
TP-729
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F.

Vapor Barrier Jacket: ASTM C1136, Type II, factory applied reinforced foil kraft with self-sealing adhesive joints.

4. Jacket Temperature Limit: minus 20 to 150 degrees F.

D. TYPE E-4: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, fibrous glass board noncombustible.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 650 degrees F.

E. TYPE E-5: ASTM C612; glass fiber, semi-rigid board, noncombustible.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

Maximum Operating Temperature: 850 degrees F.

Density: 3.0 pound per cubic foot.

F. TYPE E-6: ASTM C553; mineral fiber blanket, Type I.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Maximum Operating Temperature: 1000 degrees F.

Density: 1.0 pound per cubic foot.

G. TYPE E-7: ASTM C533; Type II, hydrous calcium silicate block insulation, asbestos free.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.45 at 200 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: 140 to 1200 degrees F.

H. TYPE E-8: ASTM C534, Type II, flexible, closed cell elastomeric insulation, sheet.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 at 75 degrees F.

Operating Temperature Range: Range: Minus 70 to 220 degrees F.

I. TYPE E-9: ASTM C612, manmade mineral fiber, noncombustible, Classes 1-4.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.25 at 100 degrees F.

Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F.

Density: 6 pound per cubic foot.

2.6 EQUIPMENT INSULATION JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic Equipment Jacket:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Product Description: ASTM D1785, sheet material, off-white color.

Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F.

Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

Thickness: 20 mil.

Connections: Brush on welding adhesive and tacks.

B. Aluminum Equipment Jacket:
23 07 00 - 7 HVAC Insulation
TP-730
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. 4.

ASTM B209 Thickness: 0.025 inch thick sheet.

Finish: Smooth.

Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps.

Fittings: 0.016 and 0.025 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner.

5. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick stainless steel.

C. Canvas Equipment Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric with fire retardant lagging adhesive compatible with insulation.

D. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. 2.

ASTM C921, white Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

2.7 EQUIPMENT INSULATION ACCESSORIES
A. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

B. Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.

C. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.

D. Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C449/C449M.

E. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation.

2.8 DUCTWORK INSULATION
A. TYPE D-1: ASTM C1290, Type III, flexible glass fiber, commercial grade with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil jacket meeting ASTM C1136, Type II.

1. 2.

3. Thermal Conductivity: 0.25 at 75 degrees F.

Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.

Density: 1.5 pound per cubic foot.

B. TYPE D-2: ASTM C612, Type IA or IB, rigid glass fiber, with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil facing meeting ASTM C1136, Type II.

1. 2.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.22 at 75 degrees F.

Density: 3.0 pound per cubic foot.

C. TYPE D-4: ASTM C1071, Type I, flexible, glass fiber duct liner with coated air side.

1. 2.

3. 4.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 at 75 degrees F.

Density: 1.5 pound per cubic foot.

Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.

Maximum Air Velocity: 6,000 feet per minute.

D. TYPE D-5: ASTM C1071, Type II, rigid, glass fiber duct liner with coated air side. 23 07 00 - 8 HVAC Insulation
TP-731
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. 4.

Thermal Conductivity: 0.23 at 75 degrees F.

Density: 3.0 pound per cubic foot.

Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.

Maximum Air Velocity: 4,000 feet per minute.

2.9 DUCTWORK INSULATION JACKETS
A. Exterior Ductwork: Provide dual wall ductwork with specified insulation per Section 23 32 100.

B. Vapor Retarder Jacket:

1. 2.

3. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film.

Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M; 0.02 perms.

Secure with pressure sensitive tape.

C. Canvas Duct Jacket: UL listed, 6 oz/sq yd, plain weave cotton fabric with fire retardant lagging adhesive compatible with insulation.

2.10 DUCTWORK INSULATION ACCESSORIES
A. Vapor Retarder Tape: Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive.

B. Vapor Retarder Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.

C. Adhesive: Waterproof, ASTM E162 fire-retardant type.

D. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, welded with press-on head.

E. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch centers.

F. Lagging Adhesive: Fire retardant type with maximum 25/450 flame spread/smoke developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

G. Impale Anchors: Galvanized steel, 12 gage self-adhesive pad.

H. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation.

I. Membrane Adhesives: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify piping, equipment and ductwork has been pressure tested before applying insulation materials.
23 07 00 - 9 HVAC Insulation
TP-732
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Verify surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.

3.2 INSTALLATION - PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Piping Exposed to View in Finished Spaces: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

B. Continue insulation through penetrations of building assemblies or portions of assemblies having fire resistance rating of one hour or less. Provide intumescent firestopping when continuing insulation through assembly. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. Refer to Section 07 84 00 for penetrations of assemblies with fire resistance rating greater than one hour.

C. Piping Systems Conveying Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:

1. Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints.

Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factoryapplied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic.

Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor retarder adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

2. 3.

D. Glass Fiber Board Insulation:

1. Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation.

Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.

Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.

Cover wire mesh or bands with cement to a thickness to remove surface irregularities.

2. 3.

E. Hot Piping Systems less than 140 degrees F:

1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-applied jacket and butt strips or both.

Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

Do not insulate unions and flanges at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation at such locations.

2. 3.

F. Hot Piping Systems greater than 140 degrees F:

1. Furnish factory-applied or field-applied standard jackets. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples or pressure sensitive adhesive system on standard factory-applied jacket and butt strips or both.

Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers.

2. 23 07 00 - 10 HVAC Insulation
TP-733
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3. Insulate flanges and unions at equipment.

G. Inserts and Shields:

1. Piping 1-1/2 inches Diameter and Smaller: Install galvanized steel shield between pipe hanger and insulation.

Piping 2 inches Diameter and Larger: Install insert between support shield and piping and under finish jacket.

2. a. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of thickness and contour matching adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated.

Insert Material: Compression resistant insulating material suitable for planned temperature range and service.
b.

H. Insulation Terminating Points:

1. Coil Branch Piping 1 inch and Smaller: Terminate hot water piping at union upstream of the coil control valve.

Condensate Piping: Insulate entire piping system and components to prevent condensation.

2. I. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Push insulation on to piping.

Miter joints at elbows.

Seal seams and butt joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive.

When application requires multiple layers, apply with joints staggered.

Insulate fittings and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe.

J. High Temperature Pipe Insulation:

1. 2.

Install in multiple layers to meet thickness scheduled.

Attach each layer with bands. Secure first layer with bands before installing next layer.

Stagger joints between layers.

Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping.

3. 4.

K. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting.

L. Piping Exterior to Building: Provide vapor retarder jacket. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor retarder cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located at 3 or 9 o’clock position on side of horizontal piping with overlap facing down to shed water or on bottom side of horizontal piping.

M. Prepare pipe insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00. 23 07 00 - 11 HVAC Insulation
TP-734
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.3 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT
A. Factory Insulated Equipment: Do not insulate.

B. Exposed Equipment: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.

C. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold equipment, use vapor retarder cement.

D. Equipment Containing Fluids Below Ambient Temperature:

1. 2.

Insulate entire equipment surfaces.

Apply insulation close to equipment by grooving, scoring, and beveling insulation.

Fasten insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.

Furnish factory-applied or field-applied vapor retarder jackets. Secure factoryapplied jackets with pressure sensitive adhesive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Secure field-applied jackets with outward clinch expanding staples and seal staple penetrations with vapor retarder mastic.

Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

3. 4.

E. Equipment Containing Fluids 140 degrees F Or Less:

1. 2.

Do not insulate flanges and unions, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.

Install insulation with factory-applied or field applied jackets, with or without vapor barrier. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.

3. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

F. Equipment Containing Fluids Over 140 degrees F:

1. 2.

Insulate flanges and unions with removable sections and jackets.

Install insulation with factory-applied or field applied jackets, with or without vapor barrier. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive.

3. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.

G. Equipment in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces: Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting.

H. Equipment Located Exterior to Building: Install vapor barrier jacket or finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal equipment.

I. Nameplates and ASME Stamps: Bevel and seal insulation around; do not cover with insulation.

J. Equipment Requiring Access for Maintenance, Repair, or Cleaning: Install insulation for easy removal and replacement without damage.

K. Prepare equipment insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

3.4 INSTALLATION - DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
A. Duct dimensions indicated on Drawings are finished inside dimensions. 23 07 00 - 12 HVAC Insulation
TP-735
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Insulated ductwork conveying air below ambient temperature:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Provide insulation with vapor retarder jackets.

Finish with tape and vapor retarder jacket.

Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other duct penetrations.

Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints.

C. Insulated ductwork conveying air above ambient temperature:

1. 2.

Provide with or without standard vapor retarder jacket.

Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation.

D. Ductwork Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (below 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting.

E. External Glass Fiber Duct Insulation:

1. Secure insulation with vapor retarder with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor retarder adhesive or tape to match jacket.

Secure insulation without vapor retarder with staples, tape, or wires.

Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers.

Seal vapor retarder penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor retarder adhesive.

Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping.

2. 3.

4. 5.

F. External Elastomeric Duct Insulation:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Adhere to clean oil-free surfaces with full coverage of adhesive.

Seal seams and butt joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive.

When application requires multiple layers, apply with joints staggered.

Insulate standing metal duct seams with insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent duct surface. Apply adhesive at joints with flat duct surfaces.

5. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers.

G. Duct and Plenum Liner:

1. 2.

Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage.

Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Comply with SMACNA Standards for spacing.

Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints.

Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive.

Cut insulation for tight overlapped corner joints. Support top pieces of liner at edges with side pieces.

3. 4.

5. H. Ducts Exterior to Building:
23 07 00 - 13 HVAC Insulation
TP-736
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

Install insulation according to schedule below.

Provide external insulation with vapor retarder jacket. Cover with caulked aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal duct section.

Calk seams at flanges and joints. Located major longitudinal seams on bottom side of horizontal duct sections.

3. I. Prepare duct insulation for finish painting. Refer to Section 09 90 00.

3.5 SCHEDULES
A. Cooling Services Piping Insulation Schedule:

B. Heating Services Piping Insulation Schedule:

C. Equipment Insulation Schedule:

D. Ductwork Insulation Schedule:
23 07 00 - 14 HVAC Insulation

DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION
TYPE

INSULATION

THICKNESS
inches
Supply Ducts (internally insulated) D-4, D-5 1.0
Return Ducts (internally insulated) D-4, D-5 1.0
Supply Ducts (externally insulated) D-1 1.5

EQUIPMENT INSULATION
TYPE

INSULATION

THICKNESS
inches
Hot Water Pump Bodies E-8 1.0
Hot Water Air Separators E-8 1.0
Hot Water Expansion Tanks E-8 1.0

PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION

TYPE PIPE SIZE

INSULATION

THICKNESS
inches
Heating Water Supply and
Return 141 to 200 degrees F
P-1 1.5

PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION

TYPE PIPE SIZE

INSULATION

THICKNESS
inches
Condensate Piping from
Cooling Coils
P-5 All sizes 0.5
Refrigerant Suction P-5 All sizes 1.5
TP-737
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

END OF SECTION
23 07 00 - 15 HVAC Insulation
Return Ducts (externally insulated) D-1 1.5
Supply Air, Return Air (exterior to building on roof) D-2, D-7 2.0 Rectangular Supply Ducts Downstream of Variable Air
Volume Boxes (internally insulated)
D-4, D-5 1.0
Rectangular Supply Ducts Downstream of Variable Air
Volume Boxes (externally insulated)
D-1, D-2 1.5
Round Supply Ducts Downstream of Variable Air Volume
Boxes (externally insulated)
D-1, D-2 1.5
Transfer Air Ducts (internally insulated) D-5 1.0
TP-738
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 08 00

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 COMMISSIONING DESCRIPTION
A. HVAC commissioning process includes the following tasks:

1. 2.

3. Testing and startup of HVAC equipment and systems.

Equipment and system verification checks.

Assistance in functional performance testing to verify testing and balancing, and equipment and system performance.

Provide qualified personnel to assist in commissioning tests, including seasonal testing.

Complete and endorse functional performance test checklists provided by Commissioning Authority to assure equipment and systems are fully operational and ready for functional performance testing.

Provide equipment, materials, and labor necessary to correct deficiencies found during commissioning process to fulfill contract and warranty requirements.

Provide operation and maintenance information and record drawings to Commissioning Authority for review verification and organization, prior to distribution.

Provide assistance to Commissioning Authority to develop, edit, and document system operation descriptions.

Provide training for systems specified in this Section with coordination by Commissioning Authority.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

B. Equipment and Systems to Be Commissioned:

1. 2.

3. All Air conditioning units.

All Hydronic heating system ( boiler, heat exchanger, pumps, fan coils etc) Exhaust Fans.

C. Perform seasonal function performance tests for the following equipment and systems:

1. 2.

3. Heating equipment during heating season.

Cooling equipment during cooling season.

Fan interlocks.

1.2 COMMISSIONING SUBMITTALS
A. Draft Forms: Required.

B. Test Reports: Required.

C. Field Reports: Required.
23 08 00 - 1 Commissioning of HVAC
TP-739
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Required.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Required.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with BCA, ASHRAE, Guideline 1, NEBB, TABB requirements.

1.5 COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Equipment or System Installer Commissioning Responsibilities:

1. 2.

3. Attend commissioning meetings: Required.

Provide instructions and demonstrations for owner's personnel: Required.

Ensure participation of equipment manufacturers in appropriate startup, testing, and training activities: Required.

Develop startup and initial checkout plan: Required.

During verification check and startup process, execute hvac related portions of checklists for equipment and systems to be commissioned: Required.

Perform and document completed startup and system operational checkout procedures: Required.

Provide manufacturer’s representatives to execute starting of equipment:

Required.

Provide personnel to assist commissioning authority during equipment or system verification checks and functional performance tests: Required.

Prior to startup, inspect, check, and verify correct and complete installation of equipment and system components for verification checks: Required.

Provide factory supervised startup services for equipment and systems:

Required.

Perform verification checks and startup on equipment and systems: Required.

Assist commissioning authority in performing functional performance tests on equipment and systems: Required.

Perform operation and maintenance training sessions: Required.

Conduct hvac system orientation and inspection: Required.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 11.

12. 13.

B. Temperature Controls Installer Commissioning Responsibilities:

1. 2.

3. Attend commissioning meetings: Required.

Review design for ability of systems to be controlled: Required.

Inspect, check, and confirm proper operation and performance of control hardware and software: Required.

Submittal of proposed procedures for performing automatic temperature control system point-to-point checks: Required.

Inspect check and confirm correct installation and operation of automatic temperature control system input and output device operation through point-topoint checks: Required.

Perform training sessions to instruct owner's personnel in hardware operation, software operation, programming, and application: Required.

4. 5.

6. 23 08 00 - 2 Commissioning of HVAC
TP-740
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

7. Demonstrate system performance and operation to commissioning authority during functional performance tests including each mode of operation: Required.

8. Provide control system technician to assist during commissioning authority verification check and functional performance testing: Required.

9. Provide control system technician to assist testing, adjusting, and balancing agency: Required.

10. Assist in performing operation and maintenance training sessions: Required.

C. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency Commissioning Responsibilities:

1. 2.

Attend commissioning meetings: Required.

Participate in verification of testing, adjusting, and balancing report for verification or diagnostic purposes: Required.

3. Assist in performing operation and maintenance training sessions: Required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
A. Seasonal Sensitive Functional Performance Tests: Required.

B. Initial and Alternate Peak Season Test of Systems: Required.

C. Occupancy Sensitive Functional Performance Tests: Required.

END OF SECTION
23 08 00 - 3 Commissioning of HVAC
TP-741
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 09 23

DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Scope of Work:

1. The installing contractor shall furnish and install a fully automation system, incorporating direct digital control integrated building
(DDC) for energy
management equipment monitoring and control, and subsystems with open communications capabilities.

All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured for this and/or other systems and not custom designed especially for this project. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested

2. and proven in actual use for at least five years. Wireless controllers and control devices shall not be acceptable.

Installing contractor shall be responsible for all BMS and Temperature Control wiring for a complete and operable system. All wiring shall be done in accordance with all local and national codes.

Commissioning shall be point to point upon completion.

DROP CONDUIT IN WALLS FOR ANY EMS/LC LOW VOLTAGE W/ JBOX AT LEAST UP TO ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE CONDUIT FOR EMS/IP IN OPEN

EQUIPMENT ROOMS, BELOW GROUND, ON ROOFS AS SPECIFIED IN ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26. In general, all wiring shall be in conduit.

Garage CO monitor, alarm, ventilation exhaust systems.

3. 4.

5. 6.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory-wired controls.

C. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 23 05 19 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping" for measuring equipment that relates to this Section.

Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" Section 23 08 00 "Mechanical Systems Commissioning"
Section 26 05 00 "Basic Materials and Methods"
Section 26 11 00 "Conduits and Raceways"

2. 3.

4. 5.

D. Products furnished but installed under the provisions of other sections include the following:
23 09 23 - 1 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-742
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. 4.

Control valves
Flowmeters
Flow switches
Pressure and/or temperature sensor wells & sockets.

E. Communications with Third Party Equipment:

1. Provide BACnet interface for any additional integral control systems provided under this section to be integrated into the Direct Digital Control System described in this section.

Provide technical assistance and technical field labor during engineering, startup and commissioning phases for the points included in the Sequence of Operation.

2. 1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. BMS: Building management system.

B. BACnet: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing interoperable control devices and networks.

C. CE: Conformite Europeene (European Compliance).

D. CPT: Control power transformer.

E. DDC: Direct digital control.

F. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

G. I/O: Input/output.

H. ISP: Internet service provider.

I. LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing interoperable control devices and networks.
and implementing
J. MS/TP: Master slave/token passing.

K. PC: Personal computer.

L. PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative.

M. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

N. RTD: Resistance temperature detector.

O. VFD: Variable-frequency motor controller.

1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Comply with the following performance requirements:
23 09 23 - 2 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-743
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 15 seconds.

Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds.

Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a binary object and device reaction.

Object Scan: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation within six seconds.

Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds.

Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other.

Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but selected consistent with mechanical process under control.

Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. Reporting Accuracy: The system shall report all values with an end-to-end accuracy as listed or better than those listed in the following table:

9. Stability of Control. Control loops shall maintain measured variable within the tolerances listed in Table 1.
at setpoint
TABLE 1: Control Stability and Accuracy
23 09 23 - 3 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
Controlled Variable Control Accuracy Range of Medium
Measured Variable Reported Accuracy
Space Temperature ±0.5ºC [±1ºF]
Ducted Air ±0.5ºC [±1ºF
Outside Air ±1.0ºC [±2ºF]
Dewpoint ±1.5ºC [±3ºF]
Water Temperature ±0.5ºC [±1ºF]
Delta-T ±0.15ºC[±0.25ºF]
Relative Humidity ±5% RH
Water Flow ±5% of full scale
Airflow (terminal) ±10% of full scale (see Note
1)
Airflow (measuring stations) ±5% of full scale
Air Pressure (ducts) ±25 Pa [±0.1 "W.G.]
Air Pressure (space) ±3 Pa [±0.01 "W.G.]
Water Pressure ±2% of full scale (see Note
2)
Electrical (A, V, W, Power factor) 5% of reading (see Note 3) Carbon Monoxide (CO) ±5% of reading
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) ±50 ppm
Note 1: 10%-100% of scale
Note 2: For both absolute and differential pressure
Note 3: Not including utility-supplied
meters
TP-744
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.5 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. Comply with sequence as indicated on Drawings.

1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device.

Indicate dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated. Comply with submittal requirements listed in Division 01 Specification Sections.

1. DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducers/transmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays/switches, control panels, and operator interface equipment.

Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics, and other third-party applications.

Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram.

2. 3.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, loads (Panel Full Load Amps), required clearances, components, and location and size of each field connection. Comply with submittal requirements listed in Division 01 Specification Sections.

1. Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number.

General arrangement diagrams: Indicating locations of control panels and power supplies for coordination with Electrical.

Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring, including control system architecture/riser diagram.

Details of control panels, including controls, instruments, wire duct, wiring and labeling.

2. 3.

4. 23 09 23 - 4 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
Air Pressure r50 Pa [r0.2" w.g.]
r3 Pa [r0.01" w.g.]
0-1.5 kPa [0-6" w.g.]
-25 to 25 Pa [-0.1 to 0.1" w.g.]
Airflow r10% of full scale
Temperature r0.5ºC [r1.0ºF]
Humidity r5% RH
Fluid Pressure r10 kPa [r1.5 psi] 0-1 kPa [1-150 psi]
““ differential r250 Pa [r1.0" w.g.] 0-12.5 kPa [0-50"w.g.] TP-745
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. 6.

7. Written description of sequence of operation.

Schedule of valves including flow characteristics.

DDC System Hardware:
a.
b.
c.

Wiring diagrams for control units with termination numbers.

Schematic diagrams and floor plans for field sensors and control hardware.

Schematic diagrams for control, communication, and power wiring, showing trunk data conductors and wiring between operator workstation and control unit locations.

8. Controlled Systems:
a. Schematic diagrams of each controlled system with control points labeled and control elements graphically shown, with wiring.

Schematic diagrams showing wiring of all field installed instrumentation.

Written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram.

Points list.
b.
c.
d.

1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 and Section 01 78 00 "Closeout Submittals," include the following:

1. 2.

Index sheet, listing contents in alphabetical order or control panel sequencing.

Manufacturer's equipment parts list of all functional components of the system, CD/DVD ROM disk or flash memory card/stick of system schematics, including wiring diagrams and Bill of Materials.

Description of sequence of operations.

As-Built interconnection wiring diagrams.

Manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instruction, and maintenance and repair data, if available from BMS system manufacturer.

Backbone cable schematic showing remote electronic panel location, and all backbone data.

List of connected data points, including panels to which they are connected and input device.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Include the following:

1. 2.

Software operating manuals.

Program Software Backup: On digital media or storage device, complete with data files.

Device address list.

Printout of software application and graphic screens.

Software license required by and installed for DDC workstations and control systems.

3. 4.

5. 23 09 23 - 5 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-746
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Comply with ASHRAE 135(BACnet) for DDC system components.

D. Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements.

E. All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers, floor level controllers and local user displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX.

F. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so labeled.

1.9 WARRANTY
A. Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successfully operation of the BACnet BAS system for a period of one year after beneficial use.

B. Provide all services, materials and equipment necessary for the successfully operation of the control valves and control damper operators for a period of five years after beneficial use.

C. The adjustment, required testing, and repair of the system includes all computer equipment, transmission equipment and all sensors and control devices.

D. The on-line support services shall allow the local BAS subcontractor to monitor and control the facility's building automation system. This remote connection to the facility shall be within 2 hours of the time that the problem is reported. This coverage shall be extended to include normal business hours, after business hours, weekends and holidays.

E. If the problem cannot be resolved with on-line support services, the BAS contractor shall dispatch the appropriate personnel to the job site to resolve the problem within 3 hours of the time that the problem is reported.

1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment manufacturer.
23 09 23 - 6 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-747
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion.

1.11 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation.

B. Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation.

C. Coordinate locations and mounting of control panels and low voltage power supplies.

D. Coordinate locations, mounting, and electrical power for VFD's.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTROL SYSTEM
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include manufacturer listed.

B. Manufacturer

1. Delta Controls by Envise.

C. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and
distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking passing network and programmed to control mechanical
software connected to
environment on tokensystems. An operator
workstation permits interface with the network via dynamic color graphics with each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by point-and-click graphics.

2.2 MATERIALS
A. All products used in this project installation shall be new, currently under manufacture, and shall be applied in similar installations for a minimum of two years.

This installation shall not be used as a test site for any new products unless explicitly approved by the Owner's Representative in writing. Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after completion of this contract.

2.3 COMMUNICATION
A. All control products provided for this project shall comprise a BACnet internetwork.

Communication involving control components (i.e., all types of controllers and Operator Workstations) shall conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2004, BACnet. 23 09 23 - 7 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-748
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Each BACnet device shall operate on the BACnet Data Link/Physical layer protocol specified for that device as defined in this section.

C. The Contractor shall provide all communication media, connectors, repeaters, bridges, hubs, switches, and routers necessary for the internetwork.

D. All controllers shall have a communication port for connections with the Operator Workstations using the BACnet Data Link/ Physical layer protocol.

E. Communication services over the internetwork shall result in operator interface and value passing that is transparent to the internetwork architecture as follows:

1. Connection of an Operator Workstation device to any one controller on the internetwork will allow the operator to interface with all other controllers as if that interface were directly connected to the other controllers. Data, status information, reports, system software, custom programs, etc., for all controllers shall be available for viewing and editing from any one controller on the internetwork.

All database values (e.g., objects, software variables, custom program variables) of any one controller shall be readable by any other controller on the internetwork. This value passing shall be automatically performed by a controller when a reference to an object name not located in that controller is entered into the controller's database. An operator/installer shall not be required to set up any communication services to perform internetwork value passing.

2. F. The time clocks in all controllers shall be automatically synchronized daily. An operator change to the time clock in any controller shall be automatically broadcast to all controllers on the network.

G. The network shall have the following minimum capacity for future expansion:

1. 2.

3. Each Building Controller shall have routing capacity for 99 controllers.

The Building Controller network shall have capacity for 1000 Building Controllers.

The system shall have an overall capacity for 12,500 Building Controller, Advanced Application Controller, and Application Specific Controller input/output objects.

2.4 DDC EQUIPMENT
A. Operator Workstation: Furnish one PC-based microcomputer as shown on the system drawings. The workstation shall be able to access all information in the system. The workstation shall reside on the same Ethernet protocol network as the Building Controllers. The owner shall furnish appropriate static IP addresses as required for the system and connection to the Internet via high-speed cable modem, ADSL, ISDN, T1 or through the facility ISP. The owner shall pay for all monthly Internet access fees and connection charges. The workstation shall consist of the minimum configuration as follows:

1. Motherboard: With 8 integrated USB 2.0 ports, integrated Ethernet, audio, bios, and hardware monitoring.

2. Processor: Minimum dual core processor.
23 09 23 - 8 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-749
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. Random-Access Memory: 4 GB.

Graphics: HD compatible
Monitor: Minimum 24 inches, wide screen LCD color.

Keyboard: QWERTY, 105 keys in ergonomic shape.

Hard-Disk Drive: Minimum 320 GB.

DVD-ROM Read/Write Drive
Mouse: Three button
Uninterruptible Power Supply: 2 kVa.

Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional with high-speed Internet access.
a. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Workstation shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) datalink/physical layer protocol.

12. 13.

Printer: Black-and-white, laser-jet type.

System Software:
a. Operating System: Furnish a concurrent multi tasking operating system.

The operating system also shall support the use of other common software applications that operate under Microsoft Windows. Examples include Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Word, and Microsoft Access. Acceptable operating system is Windows 7 Professional with high-speed Internet access.

System Graphics: The operator workstation software shall be a graphical user interface (GUI). The system shall allow display of up to 10 dynamic and animated graphic screens at once for comparison and monitoring of system status. Provide a method for the operator to easily move between graphic displays and change the size and location of graphic displays on the screen. b.

The system graphics shall be able to be modified while on-line. An operator with the proper password level shall be able to add, delete, or change dynamic objects on a graphic. Dynamic objects shall include analog and binary values, dynamic text, static text, and animation files. Graphics shall have the ability to show animation by shifting image files based on the status of the object.

Custom Graphics: Custom graphic files shall be created with the use of a graphics generation package furnished with the system. The graphics generation package shall be a graphically based system that uses the mouse to create and modify graphics. The graphics generation package also shall provide the capability of capturing or converting graphics from other programs such as Visio or AutoCAD.

Graphics Library: Furnish a complete library of standard HVAC equipment graphics such as chillers, boilers, air handlers, terminals, fan coils, and unit ventilators. This library also shall include standard symbols for other equipment including fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, and ductwork. The library shall be furnished in a file format compatible with the graphics generation package program. Graphics shall be created by dragand-drop selection of graphic symbols and drag-and-link with BACnet objects with dynamic and interactive display fields.

Multilingual: Software shall be supported in the following languages English, Spanish, French, German, and Chinese.
c.
d.
e.
23 09 23 - 9 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-750
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
f. Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE): Software shall support dynamic data sharing with other Windows-based programs for third party add-on functionality e.g. preventative maintenance, tenant billing, etc.

14. System Applications: Each workstation shall provide operator interface and off line storage of system information. Provide the following applications at each workstation:
a. System Database Save and Restore: Each workstation shall store on the hard disk a copy of the current database of each Building Controller. This database shall be updated whenever an operator initiates a save command.

Manual Database Save and Restore: A system operator with the proper password clearance shall be able to save the database from any system panel. The operator shall be able to clear a panel database via the network and may initiate a download of a specified database to any panel in the system from the network.

System Configuration: The workstation software shall provide a method of b.
c.
configuring the system. This shall allow for future system changes or additions by users under proper password protection.
d. On-Line Help: Provide a context-sensitive, on-line help system to assist the operator in operating and editing the system. On- line help shall be available for all applications and shall provide the relevant data for that particular screen. Additional help information shall be available through the use of hypertext.

Security: Each operator shall be required to log on to the system with a user name and password in order to view, edit, add, or delete data. System security shall be selectable for each operator. The system supervisor shall have the ability to set passwords and security levels for all other operators.

Each operator password shall be able to restrict the functions accessible to viewing and/or changing each system application.

System Diagnostics: The system shall automatically monitor the operation of all workstations, printers, network connections, building management panels, and controllers.

Alarm Processing: Any object in the system shall be configurable to alarm in and out of normal state. The operator shall be able to configure the alarm limits, alarm limit differentials, states, and reactions for each object in the system.
e.
f.
g.
h. Alarm Messages: Alarm messages shall use the English language descriptor for the object in alarm, in such a way that the operator will be able to recognize the source, location, and nature of the alarm without relying upon acronyms or other mnemonics.

Alarm Reactions: The operator shall be able to determine (by object) what if any actions are to be taken during an alarm. Actions shall include logging, printing, starting programs, displaying messages, dialing out to remote stations, paging, providing audible annunciation.

Trend Logs: The operator shall be able to define a custom trend log for any i.
j.
data object in the system. This definition shall include change-of-value digital, change-of-value analog, time interval, start time, and stop time.

Trend data shall be sampled and stored on the Building Controller panel and be archivable on the hard disk and be retrievable for use in spreadsheets and standard database programs.
23 09 23 - 10 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-751
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
k. Alarm and Event Log: The operator shall be able to view all system alarms and change of states from any location in the system. Events shall be listed chronologically. An operator with the proper security level may acknowledge and clear alarms.

Object and Property Status and Control: Provide a method for the operator to view, and edit if applicable, the status of any object and property in the system. The status shall be available by menu, on graphics, or through custom programs.

Clock Synchronization: The real-time clocks in all building control panels and workstations shall be using the BACnet Time Synchronization service.

The system also shall be able to automatically synchronize all system clocks daily from any operator-designated device in the system. The system shall automatically adjust for daylight savings and standard time, if applicable. l.
m.

B. Diagnostic Terminal Unit (Laptop): Portable laptop, PC-based microcomputer terminal capable of accessing system data by connecting to system network with minimum configuration as follows:

1. System: With one integrated USB 2.0 port, integrated Ethernet, integrated audio, bios, and hardware monitoring.

Processor: Intel Core i7
Random-Access Memory: 4 GB.

Graphics: HD compatible
Monitor: Minimum 15 inches, LCD color.

Keyboard: QWERTY 105 keys in ergonomic shape.

Hard-Disk Drive: Minimum 320 GB.

DVD-ROM Read/Write Drive
Pointing Device: Touch pad or other internal device.

Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional with high-speed Internet access.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. C. Diagnostic Terminal Unit (Tablet): Portable tablet, wireless based microcomputer capable of accessing system data wirelessly by connecting to system network with minimum configuration as follows:

1. System: Mobile or remote keyboard docking station with built-in rechargeable battery.

Processor: Intel Atom (1.50GHz) 512KB.

Wireless: Wireless 802.11a/b/g/n and BlueTooth 4.0.

Random-Access Memory: 2 GB SDRAM.

Graphics: Intel Graphics Media Accelerator.

Display: 10.1" (1280x800) Wide Viewing Angle LED.

Mobile Brandband: Wireless Mini Card.

Solid State Drive: Minimum 64 GB.

Drive: DVD Drive.

Pointing Device: Touch pad & pen input device.

Webcam: Dual Webcams with Digital Microphone, 1.2MP Front / 5.0MP Rear.

Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional with high-speed Internet access

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 11.

12. D. Report Management:
23 09 23 - 11 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-752
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. The following reporting capability shall be provided at the operator workstation. a. Reporting:
1) Internal reports built into operator workstation software 2) External reporting via ODBC
b. Internal Reports:
1) User definable query reports (support advanced multiple property, multiple object).

Reports shall be scheduled for automatic generation by schedule or event.

Manual execution to printing/file.

Ability to save report in system report folder.

Query controller hierarchy.

Report to multiple destinations:
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
a) Email
b) Print
c) File (text, csv, xml)
d) Terminal
c. Enterprise Interface
1) ODBC driver supporting common SQL statements (select, update, insert, where, order by, group by, etc.)
2) Allow integration to Enterprise software
3) Shall be capable of being used with third party software that supports ODBC connection such as: Microsoft Access, Excel, Crystal Reports, etc.
4) All queries shall be real time into live controller network. 5) Shall be able to both read and write using SQL.

E. Internet Connection: The owner shall furnish appropriate static IP addresses as required for the system and connection to the Internet via high-speed cable modem, ADSL, ISDN, T1 or through the facility ISP. The owner shall pay for all monthly Internet access fees and connection charges.

F. Web Browser Interface

1. The system shall be capable of supporting an unlimited number of clients using a standard Web browser such as Internet Explorer™ 9 or Google Chrome™ or Safari™ or Firefox™.

2. The Web browser software shall run on any operating system and system configuration that is supported by the Web browser. Systems that require specific machine requirements in terms of processor speed, memory, etc., in order to allow the Web browser to function with the BAS, shall not be acceptable.

3. The Web browser shall provide the same view of the system, in terms of graphics, schedules, calendars, logs, etc., and provide the same interface methodology as is provided by the Graphical User Interface. Systems that 23 09 23 - 12 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-753
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
require different views or that require different means of interacting with objects such as schedules, or logs, shall not be permitted.

4. The Web browser client shall support at a minimum, the following functions:
a. User log-on identification and password shall be required. If an unauthorized user attempts access, a blank web page shall be displayed. Security using Java authentication and encryption techniques to prevent unauthorized access shall be implemented.

5. Graphical screens developed for the GUI shall be the same screens used for the Web browser client. Any animated graphical objects supported by the GUI shall be supported by the Web browser interface.

HTML editing of the Web page shall be allowed if the user desires a specific look or format.

Storage of the graphical screens shall be in the Server, without requiring any graphics to be stored on the client machine.

Real-time values displayed on a Web page shall update automatically without requiring a manual "refresh" of the Web page.

Users shall have administrator-defined access privileges. Depending on the access privileges assigned, the user shall be able to perform the following:

6. 7.

8. 9.
a. Modify common application objects, such as schedules, calendars, and set points in a graphical manner.

10. Holidays shall be set by using a graphical calendar, without requiring any keyboard entry from the operator.

Commands to start and stop binary objects shall be done by right-clicking the selected object and selecting the appropriate command from the pop-up menu.

No entry of text shall be required.

The system shall provide the capability to specify a user's (as determined by the log-on user identification) home page. Provide the ability to limit a specific user to just their defined home page. From the home page, links to other views, or pages in the system shall be possible, if allowed by the system administrator.

Graphic screens on the Web Browser client shall support hypertext links to other locations on the Internet or on Intranet sites, by specifying the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the desired link.

11. 12.

13. G. Sustainability Dashboard (Web Based Dashboard):

1. Provide a web accessible graphical interface to the system with a summary of the facilities sustainability metrics to include:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Total facility energy consumption by month, this year and last year.

Current facility electrical demand.

Electrical demand trend over the last 48 hours
Total facility gas consumption by month, this year and last year.

Monthly water consumption totals for each meter listed in the point schedule.

The facility's total energy consumption quotient (MMBTU's / sq.ft. / year) calculated for the most recent 12 months.

The design team's baseline for energy consumption for the facility by month (furnished by the design team). This should be displayed along with the g.
23 09 23 - 13 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-754
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
actual consumption in a bar or line graph format to
facility is doing versus design.

Energy Star Rating for the facility.
clearly show how the
h.
i. Equivalent Carbon Emissions for the facilities total energy consumption over the last 12 months versus the design-teams' baseline.

The ASHRAE Building EQ Operational Rating (calculated from the real time energy consumption index for the previous 12 months) and the design team furnished Building EQ Asset rating.
j.

H. Server Functions and Hardware:

1. A central server shall be provided. The server shall support all Network Area Controllers connected to the customer's network whether local or remote.

Local connections shall be via an Ethernet LAN. Remote connections can be via ISDN, ADSL or T1 connection.

The server shall provide scheduling for all Area Controllers and their underlying field control devices.

The server shall implement the BACnet Command Prioritization scheme (16 levels) for safe and effective contention resolution of all commands issued to Network Area Controllers. Systems not employing this prioritization shall not be accepted.

The server shall provide central management of alarm data for all Network Area controllers supported by the server inclusive of the following:

2. 3.

4. 5.
a.
b.

View and acknowledge alarms.

View and edit comments on acknowledged alarms.

6. Server Hardware Requirements: The server hardware platform shall have the following requirements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Processor: Minimum quad core processor or multiple dual core processor.

Random-Access Memory: 8 GB minimum.

Hard-Disk Drive: Minimum 320 GB.

NIC: Minimum 2 10/100 Network Cards.

Video Card & rack mounted.

Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012.

I. Controller Software

1. Furnish the following applications software for building and energy management.

All software applications shall reside and operate in the system controllers.

Editing of applications shall occur at the operator workstation

2. System Security:
a. User access shall be secured using individual security passwords and user names.

Passwords shall restrict the user to the site, objects, applications, and system functions as assigned by the system manager.

User Log On/Log Off attempts shall be recorded.
b.
c.
23 09 23 - 14 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-755
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3. Scheduling: Provide the capability to schedule each object or group of objects in the system. Each schedule shall consist of the following:
a. Provide an event scheduling system that allows the operator to specify a single event, multiple day event and/or recurring events. The event schedule specifies both the on/off times and the date in a calendar planning format similar to Microsoft Outlook®.

Calendar Schedules: Provide the capability for the operator to define up to 99 special schedules. These schedules may be placed on the scheduling calendar and will be repeated each year. The operator shall be able to define the length of each calendar period.
b.

4. Alarm Reporting: The operator shall be able to determine the action to be taken in the event of an alarm. Alarms shall be routed to the appropriate workstations based on time and other conditions.

5. Remote Communication: The system shall have the ability to send text messages to cell phones and email messages in the event of an alarm using SMTP protocol.

Maintenance Management: The system shall monitor equipment status and generate maintenance messages based upon user-designated run-time, starts, and/or calendar date limits.

6. 7. Sequencing: Provide application software to properly sequence the start and stop of chillers, boilers, and pumps to minimize energy usage in the facility.

8. PID Control: A PID (proportional-integral-derivative) algorithm with direct or reverse action and anti-windup shall be supplied. The algorithm shall calculate a time-varying analog value that is used to position an output or stage a series of outputs.
selectable.

The controlled variable, setpoint, and PID gains shall be user9. Staggered Start: This application shall prevent all controlled equipment from simultaneously restarting after a power outage.

Energy Calculations: Provide software to allow instantaneous power (e.g., kW) or flow rates (e.g., L/s [GPM]) to be accumulated and converted to energy usage data. Provide an algorithm that calculates a sliding-window kW demand value.

10. 11. Anti-Short Cycling: All binary output objects shall be protected from short cycling. This feature shall allow minimum on-time and off-time to be selected.

12. On/Off Control with Differential: Provide an algorithm that allows a binary output to be cycled based on a controlled variable and setpoint. The algorithm shall be direct-acting or reverse-acting and incorporate an adjustable differential.

Run-time Totalization: Provide software to totalize run-times for all binary input objects. A high run-time alarm shall be assigned, if required, by the operator.

13. J. General Building Controllers:

1. Provide an adequate number of BACnet® Building Controllers to achieve the performance specified in the Part 1 Article on "System Performance." Each of these panels shall meet the following requirements. Additionally, provide Building Controllers where shown on the drawings.
a. The Energy Management and Control System shall be comprised of one or more independent, standalone, microprocessor-based Building Controllers to manage the global strategies described in the System Software section. 23 09 23 - 15 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-756
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
b. The Building Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements.

Data shall be shared between networked Building Controllers.

The operating system of the Building Controller shall manage the input and output communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms.

Controllers that perform scheduling shall have a battery or super-cap backed up real-time clock.
c.
d.
e.

2. Communications:
a. Each Building Controller shall support direct Ethernet or a communications card. The Building Controller shall be connected to the BACnet network using the ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) Data Link/ Physical layer protocol, or BACnet IP (Annex J).

Each Building Controller with a communications card shall perform BACnet routing if connected to a network of Custom Application and Application Specific Controllers.

The controller shall provide a service communication port using BACnet Data Link/ Physical layer protocol P-T-P for connection to a hand-held workstation/ and/or modem.

The Building Controller secondary communication network shall support BACnet MS/TP.
b.
c.
d.

3. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
a. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 40°C [32°F to 100°F] and 10 to 90% RH.

Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust proof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 120°F]. b.

4. 5.

Building Controllers shall be fully peer to peer.

Serviceability: Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field- removable, modular terminal strips - or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable.

Memory: The Building Controller shall have as a minimum standard SRAM of 256 KB, standard DRAM of 1MB and standard non-volatile 1 MB of flash memory in lieu of EPROM. Memory shall be user extendible through RAM chip sockets and SIMMs for future memory expansion.

Immunity to power and noise: Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage. The Building Controller shall maintain all database information including BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 72 hours. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m [3 ft].

Inputs/Outputs:

6. 7.

8. a. Inputs: Controller input/output board shall support dry contact, 0-5 VDC and 0-10 VDC- voltage, 4-20 mA- current and thermistor-resistive signal types on 23 09 23 - 16 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-757
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
an individual basis for connecting any status or sensing device. Analog resolution shall be minimum 10-bit A to D.
b. Outputs: Controller input/output board shall support plug-and-play I/O modules or built in HAO modules configured with manual-auto-off override switch, potentiometer and input channel for feedback status or an unrelated analog or digital input. Output supported shall be 0-10 VDC. All HAO's shall be supervised.
c. Diagnostics: Controller input board shall have variable intensity LEDs providing input status indication. Outputs shall have variable intensity LEDs indicating the output voltage with Color indication of HAO's status when present.

Bump-less Transfer: On analog outputs with override switches, provide a Hand-Auto-Off switch either built-in or external to the board that allows for manual positioning of the output, then transferring the output to automatic without any "bump" in the output voltage (don't go through off before transferring from manual to auto).
d.

K. Entelibus Building Controllers:

1. Provide a fully programmable, BTL listed, UL 916 certified, expandable modular style native BACnet® Building Controller, (BACnet Device Profile B-BC), which supports the following minimum communications methods as standard:

BACnet/IP, BACnet over Ethernet and BACnet MS/TP.

The controller shall be expandable in functionality and shall consist of a main control unit and multiple DIN rail mounted, removable plug in modular component units which shall include the following:

2. a. The Manager shall contain the primary 32 - bit RISC CPU, 64 MB flash memory and 32 MB SDRAM storage memory with SD/SDIO card slot for memory expansion, a real-time clock (temperature compensated), as well as Ultracap power backup for real time clock & memory.

Standard Communications ports shall include as minimum external 3 Port 10/100 Ethernet Switch communication ports, (2) RS-485 Ports (up to 76800 bps) as well as 2 USB host ports. The manager unit shall communicate and provide the control logic for the plug in I/O modules via expansion backplanes. The manager must be able to communicate with sufficient plugin modules to accommodate 500 connected I/O points at one time.

Controller activity of power/scan and Ethernet ports shall be indicated through face mounted LED status light indications.
b.
c.

3. The modular I/O components shall be hot swappable and provide a variation of input or output ranges by positioning of jumpers located on each module. a. Inputs: Modular controller input/output unit shall support dry contact, RTD, 0-5 VDC and 0-10 VDC- voltage, 4-20 mA- current and thermistor-resistive signal types on an individual basis for connecting any status or sensing device. Analog resolution shall be minimum 10-bit A to D.

Outputs: Modular controller input/output unit shall have or built in HandAuto-Off (HAO) modules configured with manual-auto-off override switch,b. potentiometer and input channel for feedback status and/or unrelated 23 09 23 - 17 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-758
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
analog or digital input. Outputs supported shall be 0-10 VDC, internal SPST relays, Triac, and internally powered current loop control from 0-20mA . c. All HAO's shall be supervised.

4. Diagnostics: Modular controller input unit shall have variable intensity LEDs providing analog input status indication or configurable tri-color LEDs for binary input status indication. Outputs shall have variable intensity LEDs indicating the output voltage with Color indication of HAO's status when present.

Bump-less Transfer: On outputs with override switches, provide an HAO switch either built-in or external to the board that allows for manual positioning of the output, then transferring the output to automatic without any "bump" in the output voltage, (don't go through off before transferring from manual to auto).

5. L. Advance Application Controllers:

1. General: Provide an adequate number of BACnet®Advanced Application Controllers to achieve the performance specified in the Part 1 Article on "System Performance." Each of these panels shall meet the following requirements:
a. The Advanced Application Controller shall have sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements.

Advanced Application Controllers shall be fully peer to peer.

The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output communication signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms.

All equipment that requires scheduling shall be scheduled in that equipments controller.

Both firmware and controller database shall be loadable over the network. b.
c.
d.
e.

2. Communication:
a. Each Advanced Application Controller shall reside on a BACnet network using the MS/TP or Ethernet Data Link/ Physical layer protocol.

The controller shall provide a service communication port using BACnet Data Link/ Physical layer protocol for connection to portable operators workstation and allow access to the entire network.
b.

3. Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
a. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 40°C [32°F to 100°F].

Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust proof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 120°F]. b.

4. Serviceability: Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field-removable, modular terminal strips - or to a termination card connected by a ribbon cable.

5. Memory:
memory.

The Advanced Application Controller shall be non-volatile FLASH 23 09 23 - 18 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-759
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

6. Immunity to power and noise: Controller shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m [3 ft].

M. Application Specific Controllers:

1. General: Provide BACnet® Application Specific Controllers (ASCs) as required to execute the sequence of operations. ASC's are microprocessor-based DDC controllers which through hardware or firmware design are able to control a wide variety of equipment. They shall be fully user-configurable. a. Each ASC shall be capable of standalone operation and shall continue to provide control functions without being connected to the network.

Each ASC will contain sufficient I/O capacity to control the target system.

Both firmware and controller database shall be loadable over the network ASC's shall come with an integrated housing to allow for easy mounting and protection of the circuit board. Only wiring terminals shall be exposed. b.
c.
d.

2. Communication:
a. The controller shall reside on a BACnet network using the MS/TP Data Link/ Physical layer protocol or BACnet® over ZigBee protocol.

Each controller shall have a BACnet Data Link/ Physical layer compatible connection for a laptop computer or a portable operator's tool. This connection shall be extended to a space temperature sensor port where shown and allow access to the entire network.
b.

3. Environment:
conditions.

The hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient a. Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at -40°C to 65°C [ 40°F to 150°F] and/or suitably installed in a heated or fan cooled enclosure
Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust proof enclosures and shall be rated for operation at 0°C to 50°C [32°F to 120°F]. b.

4. Serviceability: Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor. All wiring connections shall be made to field-removable, modular terminal strips.

Memory: The Application Specific Controller shall use non-volatile memory and maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss.

Immunity to power and noise: ASC shall be able to operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80%.

Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5-120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m [3 ft].

Transformer: Power supply for the ASC must be rated at minimum of 125% of ASC power consumption and shall be fused or current limiting type.

5. 6.

7. 8. Input/Output: ASC shall support as a minimum, directly connected, a combination of analog outputs and binary outputs and universal software 23 09 23 - 19 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-760
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
selectable analog or digital inputs. ASC inputs shall support 0-5 VDC-voltage, 4- 20mA-current, thermistor-resistance and dry contacts. ASC outputs shall support 0-10 VDC-voltage, digital triac rated at 0.5 amps at 24 VAC.

N. I/O Interface:

1. Hardwired inputs and output points may be wired into the system through Building, Advanced Application, or Application Specific Controllers.

Digital inputs shall allow the monitoring of ON/OFF signals from remote devices.

The digital inputs shall provide a current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with commonly available control devices and shall be protected against the effects of

2. contact bounce and noise. Digital inputs shall sense "dry contact" closure without external power (other than that provided by the controller) being applied.

3. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept 0-200 Hz and 0-2000 Hz.

4. Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC-voltage, 4-20 mAcurrent, or thermistors. Analog inputs shall be compatible and be field configurable to commonly available sensing devices.

5. Digital outputs shall provide for ON/OFF operation. Digital outputs on Building and Advanced Application Controllers shall have three-position override switches, Hand-Off-Auto with status lights. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed operation.

Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices.

Outputs shall provide a 0 to 10 VDC signal as required to provide proper control

6. of the output device. Analog outputs on Building or Advanced Application Controllers shall have status lights and a two-position (AUTO/MANUAL) switch and manually adjustable potentiometer for manual override. Analog outputs shall not exhibit a drift of greater than 0.4% of range per year.

Tri-State Outputs: Provide tri-state outputs (two coordinated binary outputs) for control of three-point floating type electronic actuators without feedback. Use of three-point floating devices shall be limited to zone control and terminal unit control applications (VAV terminal units, duct mounted heating coils, zone dampers, radiation, etc.)
System Object Capacity. The system size shall be expandable to at least twice the number of input/output objects required for this project. Additional controllers (along with associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this capacity requirement. The Operator Workstations installed for this project shall not require any hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system.

7. 8.

O. Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following:

1. 2.

Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak.

Built-in overcurrent protection with auto reset.

2.5 ELECTRONIC SENSORS
A. Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required.
23 09 23 - 20 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-761
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters:

1. Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.

ACI.

BAPI.

Honeywell International Inc.; Home & Building Control
Delta Controls.

Ebtron, Inc.

Kele.

Precon.

MAMAC Systems, Inc.

Greystone Energy Systems Inc.

2. 3.

4. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.36 deg F at calibration point.

Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable.

Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 4 to 18 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft.

Averaging Elements in Ducts: 8 to 24 ft long flexible 18 to 36 inches long rigid; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq. ft.

Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel socket with minimum insertion length of 2-1/2 inches.

Room Sensor:

5. 6.

7. a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Built-in 10k ohm at 77 deg F Thermistor.

Plastic housing.

Programmable (optional)
Occupancy override: Push button (optional)
LCD display with push button control (optional)
Built-in humidity sensor (optional).

Screw-type terminal connectors.

Color: White.

8. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.

C. RTDs and Transmitters:

1. Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

ACI
BAPI
Kele.

MAMAC Systems, Inc.

Minco.

Greystone Energy Systems Inc.

2. 3.

Room Sensor Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.8 percent of span.

Duct, Average, Immersion & Outside Air Sensor Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.1 percent of span.

4. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable.
23 09 23 - 21 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-762
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft.

Averaging Elements in Ducts: 12 or 24 inch long copper coil;use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft.; length as required.

6. 7. Insertion Elements for Liquids:
insertion length of 5-1/2 inches.

Brass or stainless steel well with minimum

8. 9.

Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.

Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. a.
b.

Insulating Bases: For sensors located on exterior walls.

Sensor with LCD display tamper-proof lockable push buttons.

D. Humidity Sensors: Bulk polymer sensor element.

1. Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

General Eastern Instruments.

General Electric.

Kele.

MAMAC Systems, Inc.

Minco.

Greystone Energy Systems Inc.

Vaisala.

2. 3.

4. 5.

Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent relative humidity (10% to 90% RH).

Room Sensor Range: 0 to 95 percent relative humidity, non-condensing.

Duct Sensor: 0 to 99 percent, non-condensing.

Outside-Air Sensor: 0 to 100 percent relative humidity range with mounting enclosure, suitable for operation at outdoor temperatures of minus 4 to 140 deg F.

Duct and Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of 0 to 100 percent relative humidity.

6. E. Pressure Transmitters/Transducers:

1. Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

Ashcroft.

Cleveland Controls.

Emerson, Rosemount
General Eastern Instruments.

MAMAC Systems, Inc.

Modus.

Setra.

Greystone Energy Systems Inc.

United Electric.

Vaisala.

2. Air Differential Pressure Transmitter: Non-directional or bidirectional sensor with range for expected input, and temperature compensated.
23 09 23 - 22 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-763
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
a.
b.
c.
d.

Accuracy: 1 percent of range with adjustable zero & span.

Output: 4 to 20 mA.

Building Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25-inch wg.

Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 5-inch wg.

3. Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA.

4. Water Differential-Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure and tested to 300-psig; linear output 4 to 20 mA.

Differential-Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot-duty rating and with suitable scale range and differential.

Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service; range suitable for system; linear output 4 to 20 mA.

5. 6.

F. Room Static Pressure Sensor:

1. 2.

3. Stainless steel, ivory, or white plastic wall plate.

Wall mounted to standard electrical box.
100 micron stainless steel breather vent.

2.6 STATUS SENSORS
A. Available Manufacturers:

1. 2.

ACI
Veris Industries
B. Status Inputs for Fans: Current switch or built-in auxiliary contacts on VFD’s.

C. Status Inputs for Pumps: Current switch or built-in auxiliary contacts on VFD’s.

D. Current Transducer: Current-sensing fixed or split-core transducer with loop powered 4-20mA output, adjustable amperage range.

E. Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20-mA kW output.

F. Current Switches: Self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements.

G. Electronic Valve Actuator Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal for modulating control and for 2-position control built-in auxiliary contact switches are acceptable.

H. Damper Position Indicator: 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal for modulating control and for 2-position control built-in auxiliary contact switches for spring return actuators are acceptable.
23 09 23 - 23 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-764
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
I. Water-Flow Switches: Bellows-actuated mercury or snap-acting type with pilot-duty rating, stainless-steel or bronze paddle, with appropriate range and differential adjustment, in NEMA 250, Type 1 or Type 3R enclosure depending on location.

2.7 GAS DETECTION EQUIPMENT
A. Available Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 3M
BAPI
General Electric Inc.

Greystone Energy Systems Inc.

Honeywell International Inc.; Home & Building Control.

INTEC Controls, Inc.

Kele
MSA Canada Inc.

Vulcain Inc.

B. Carbon Monoxide Detectors: Single or multichannel, dual-level detectors using solidstate plug-in sensors with a 3-year minimum life; suitable over a temperature range of 32 to 104 deg F; with 2-stage alarming contacts and a measurement range between 0 and 200 ppm. Transmitter sensor outputs: 4- to 20-mA output; for wall or duct mounting.

C. Carbon Dioxide Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors using solid-state infrared sensors; suitable over a temperature range of 32 to 122 deg F and accuracy of plus or minus 75 ppm, measurement range between 0 and 2000 ppm with continuous or average reading, 4- to 20-mA or 0-10 VDC output; for wall or duct mounting.

D. Oxygen Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors using solid-state sensing; suitable over a temperature range of 40 to 104 deg F and accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent, with a range of 0 to 25 percent oxygen, 4- to 20-mA or 0-10 VDC output; for wall mounting.

E. Occupancy Sensor: Passive infrared, with time delay, daylight sensor lockout, sensitivity control, and 180-degree field of view with vertical sensing adjustment; for flush mounting.

2.8 AIRFLOW MEASURING STATIONS
A. Duct Airflow Station: Combination of air straightener and multiport, self-averaging pitot tube station or thermal dispersion airflow temperature measurement device technology.

1. Available Manufacturers:
a. ACCUTROL.

2. 3.

Casing: Galvanized-steel frame for pitot tube station.

Flow Straightener: Aluminum honeycomb, 3/4-inch parallel cell, 3 inches deep. 23 09 23 - 24 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-765
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

4. Sensing Manifold: Copper manifold with bullet-nosed static pressure sensors positioned on equal area basis.

Thermal dispersion airflow station: Aluminum alloy multi-point thermal sensing probes with mounting brackets, suitable over a temperature range of minus 20 to 160 deg F and a velocity range between 0 to 5000 fpm.

5. 2.9 THERMOSTATS
A. Available Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Delta Controls Inc.

Venstar
Viconics Electronics, Inc.

B. Specifications

1. LCD (Optional)
a. 2-line custom segmented display with icons

2. Buttons
a. 2 rows of 4 capacitive touch zones, allowing up to 8 individual buttons or combined to form larger buttons.

3. Backlight (Optional)
a. Optional RGB LED backlight for multicolor LCD and button illumination

4. Temperature
a. Digital Temperature Sensor +/- 0.2° C (+/- 0.36°F)

5. Humidity Sensor (Optional)
a. Accuracy +/- 3%

6. CO2 Sensor (Optional)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Dual Beam, Self Calibrating NDIR
Detection Range: 0-2000 ppm
Accuracy @ 77°F (25°C): ± (50ppm + 2% of value)
Temperature Dependence: 2ppm/°C (1 ppm/ °F) typical
Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of reading per mm Hg
Stability: 20 ppm/year (typical)

7. Occupancy Sensor (Optional)
a.
b.

Passive infrared motion (PIR) sensor Range: 5m (16.4 ft.) Coverage: 100° Horizontal

8. Inputs
23 09 23 - 25 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-766
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
a. 1 10kΩ input (16 bit A/D)

9. Description
a. The eZNS-T100 network sensor offers building occupants an intuitive touchinterface to adjust individual comfort levels while tailoring to the needs of their specific market. Featuring a standard temperature sensor with humidity, CO2 and motion options, the eZNS also offers a choice of backlit colors to provide additional user feedback and esthetic appeal.

The eZNS sensor's NFC technology allows installers to use NFC-enabled mobile devices to configure the eZNS and enable enteliWEB integration. b.

10. Application
a. The eZNS is suitable for a wide range of sensing applications, from basic temperature monitoring, to indoor air quality and occupancy sensing. A customizable interface allows for intuitive user interaction.

An available external input allows for additional zone monitoring such as window or door contact, temperature averaging or other dry contact sensor information.

When paired with an application controller, the eZNS supports advanced control strategies such as demand control ventilation, energy savings based on occupancy and optimal user comfort.
b.
c.

11. Features
a. RGB backlight allows choice of colors to indicate conditions, alarms and night mode.

Large easy-to-read LCD screen.

Onscreen visual feedback on button selection.

Capacitive touch zones allow custom button sizes.

Multiple button layout options. Simple one-touch buttons, or two-touch buttons for added functionality.

Slider to quickly adjust setpoint or tap for precise changes.

Fully programmable in GCL+.

USB Service port, software enabled or disabled. Service tool not required.

Smartphone and tablet integration and setup using NFC technology.

Recessed mount for minimal profile or surface mount backplate options.

Fits most electrical boxes worldwide.
2-piece design with tamper set screw.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.

C. Combination Thermostat and Fan Switches:
button or lever-operated fan switch.

Line-voltage thermostat with push1. Label switches ["FAN ON-OFF"] ["FAN HIGH-LOW-OFF"] ["FAN HIGH-MEDLOW-OFF"].

2. Mount on single electric switch box.

D. Electric, solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor.

1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling.
23 09 23 - 26 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-767
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. 3.

4. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point.

Set up for four separate temperatures per day.

Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days.

Short-cycle protection.

Programming based on [weekday, Saturday, and Sunday] [every day of week].

Selection features include degree F or degree C display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, and fan on-auto.

Battery replacement without program loss.

Thermostat display features include the following:

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

Time of day.

Actual room temperature.

Programmed temperature.

Programmed time.

Duration of timed override.

Day of week.

System mode indications include "heating," "off," "fan auto," and "fan on." E. Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: 24-V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set-point adjustment, 40 to 90 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential.

F. Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellowsactuated, enclosed, snap-switch or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical rating; with concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F setpoint range, and 2 deg F maximum differential.

1. Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded conductors.

2. Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto.

G. Remote-Bulb Thermostats: On-off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for changes in ambient temperature; with copper capillary and bulb, unless otherwise indicated.

1. 2.

3. Bulbs in water lines with separate wells of same material as bulb.

Bulbs in air ducts with flanges and shields.

Averaging Elements: Copper tubing with either single- or multiple-unit elements, extended to cover full width of duct or unit; adequately supported.

Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and adjustable from front of instrument.

On-Off Thermostat: With precision snap switches and with electrical ratings required by application.

4. 5.

6. Modulating Thermostats:
assembly is removable
calibration of instrument.

Construct so complete potentiometer coil and wiper
for inspection or replacement without disturbing
H. Fire-Protection Thermostats: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction; with fixed or adjustable settings to operate at not less than 75 deg F above normal maximum operating temperature, and the following:
23 09 23 - 27 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-768
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

Reset: Manual.

Reset: Automatic, with control circuit arranged to require manual reset at central control panel; with pilot light and reset switch on panel labeled to indicate operation.

I. Immersion Thermostat: Remote-bulb or bimetal rod-and-tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range and adjustable set point.

J. Electric, Low-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual reset switch that trips if temperature is equal to or below set point.

1. 2.

Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet.

Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface.

K. Electric, High-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual reset switch that trips if temperature is equal to or above set point.

1. 2.

Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet.

Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface.

2.10 HUMIDISTATS
A. Available Manufacturers:

1. DELTA.

B. Duct-Mounting Humidistats: Electric insertion, 2-position type with adjustable setpoint, humidity sensing range from 0 to 100 percent relative humidity, noncondensing, and single- or double-pole contacts.

2.11 ACTUATORS
A. Electronic Actuators:

1. Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.

Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Bray Controls, A division of Bray International, Inc.

2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure.

3. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.

Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.

Parallel-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lb/sq. ft of damper.

Opposed-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.

4. 5.

Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle.

Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external manual override on non-spring-return actuators.

6. Power Requirements (Two-Position Spring Return): 24 or 120-V ac. 23 09 23 - 28 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-769
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

7. Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc.

Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V dc or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V dc position feedback signal as an option.

Run Time: 90 to 120 seconds.

Economizer Outdoor-Air Damper Operation:

8. 9.

10. a.
b.

Manufactured, brand labeled or distributed by BELIMO.

Economizer shall be capable of single dry bulb, differential dry bulb, single enthalpy or differential enthalpy control strategy, as required, per ASHRAE

90.1. Sensing devices shall be non-proprietary.

ASHRAE Climate Zone selection for high limit setting shall be through entry of the installed location zip code through the MMI without the use of printed documentation.

The device shall incorporate brownout protection that will prevent the compressors from operating in low voltage conditions while remaining in control. Upon startup from a brownout or blackout condition the unit shall provide automatic random on to prevent electrical surge from multiple compressor starting.

Alarms for fault detection and diagnostics shall be indicated by both a visual LED indicator and text description accessible through the MMI. Current and historical alarms (including elapsed time since occurance) shall be c.
d.
e.
accessible via the MMI. Upon sensor failure the economizer shall automatically detect the proper economizer sequence to maintain control. f. Device shall be compliant with the latest version of the following energy codes: ASHRAE 90.1, CA Title 24, and NECB.

The manufacturer shall warrant all components for a period of 5 years from the date of production, with the first two years unconditional.

Occupied Periods.

Open to [10] [25] <Insert percent>percent fixed minimum intake and maximum 100 percent of the fan capacity to comply with ASHRAE 90.1.

Controller shall permit air side economizer operation when outdoor air is below the outdoor air temperature/enthalpy as determined by entry of the installed location zip code on the integrated display.

Economizer dampers shall be capable of being sequenced with the mechanical cooling system and be capable of providing a partial cooling load with the mechanical cooling.

The outdoor air intake minimum position shall automatically reduce upon reaching a predetermined high limit setpoint. When outdoor air is 100% and the mechanical cooling is enabled the outdoor air damper shall close to reduce freeze conditions if required.

Unoccupied Periods.

Close outdoor air damper and open return air damper.

Carbon Dioxide Sensor Operation.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o. Occupied Periods. Reset minimum outdoor air down to minimum [10] <Insert percent> percent to maintain maximum concentration per ASHRAE

90.1 p. Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor air damper and open return air damper.] 23 09 23 - 29 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-770
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.12 CONTROL VALVES
A. Available Manufacturers:

1. Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

B. Energy Control Valves: Factory fabricated, of type body material, and pressure class based on
otherwise
Controls
maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless indicated. Electronic pressure independent control valve by Belimo complete with mag/ultra flow-meter, temperature sensors, N2 communication, smart control capabilities to maintain automatic modulating controlled flow and coil design temperature differential.

1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Forged brass body rated at no less than 250 PSI, stainless steel ball and stem, female NPT union ends, dual EPDM lubricated O-rings and a brass or TEFZEL characterizing disc.

2. NPS 2-1/2 through 6: GG25 cast iron body according to ANSI Class 125, standard class B, stainless steel ball and blowout proof stem, flange to match ANSI 125 with a dual EPDM O-ring packing design, PTFE seats, and a stainless steel flow characterizing disc.

Accuracy: The control valves shall accurately control the flow from 0 to 100% rated flow with an operating pressure differential range of 5 to 50 PSI differential

3. across the valve with a valve body flow accuracy of +/- 5 total assembly error incorporating differential pressure fluctuation, manufacturing tolerances and valve hysteresis
Flow Characteristics: Equal percentage characteristic.

All actuators shall be capable of being electronically programmed in the field by use of external computer software or a dedicated handheld tool for the adjustment of flow. Programming using actuator mounted switches or multi-turn actuators are not acceptable.
[Water coil optimization shall be accomplished by utilizing a pressure independent control valve assembly; two temperature sensors providing feedback of coil inlet and outlet water temperatures; and an electronic flow meter to provide analog flow feedback. Software shall control the valve to avoid the coil differential temperature from falling below a programmed set point, The valve assembly shall be capable of accepting an analog signal representing the coil power required. Real-time data and configuration of valve operating parameters shall be available by means of BACnet MS/TP, BACnet/IP or HTTP. Monitored points shall include, but not be limited to inlet and outlet coil water temperatures, absolute flow, absolute valve position, absolute coil power and total heating/cooling energy in BTU/hr. Configuration points shall include but not be limited to valve, flow, and power settings. Historical trend data shall be stored for up to 13 months and be retrievable in a standard time-stamped format.] The manufacturer shall provide a published commissioning procedure following the guidelines of the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) and the Testing Adjusting Balancing Bureau (TABB).

A wet calibrated electronic flow meter shall provide dynamic feedback to measure flow and verify performance.

The control valve shall require no maintenance and shall not include replaceable cartridges.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.
23 09 23 - 30 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-771
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Hydronic system characterized control valves (CCV) shall have the following characteristics:

1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Forged brass or bronze body, stainless steel ball, blow-out resistant stem, dual seal packing design, reinforced PTFE seats, flow characterizing disc and screwed ends.

NPS 2-1/2 to 3": ANSI Class 125 iron body, stainless steel ball and blow-out resistant stem, dual seal packing design, flanged ends, and renewable PTFE seat and disc.

2. 3. Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three-way valves shall have linear characteristics.

4. Close-Off Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator and trim shall provide minimum close-off pressure of 200 psi for 1/2"-2" sizes and 100 psi for 2"-3" sizes.

5. Maximum Differential Pressure Across Valve (Range): 30 psid.

D. Hydronic system pressure independent characterized control valves (PICCV) shall have the following characteristics:

1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Two-way forged brass or bronze body, plated brass ball and stem, characterizing disc and screwed ends.

Internal Construction: Reinforced PTFE seats, lubricated packing, synthetic diaphragm, stainless steel, brass, or thermoplastic regulator components, and stainless steel spring
Flow Rates: 0.5 to 100 gallons per minute.

2. 3.

4. Flow Characteristics:
characteristics.

Two-way valves shall have equal percentage

5. 6.

Close-Off Pressure Rating: 200 psi.

Maximum Differential Pressure Across Valve (Range): 5 to 50 psid.

E. Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics:

1. 2" and Smaller: ANSI Class 250 bronze body, stainless steel stem, brass plug, bronze seat, a TFE packing, and female threaded ends.
2-1/2" and Larger: ANSI Class 125 or 250 cast iron body, stainless steel stem, bronze plug, bronze seat, a TFE V-ring packing, and flanged end connections..

2. 3. Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three-way valves shall have linear characteristics.

4. Close-Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: ½" - 2" 35 psid, 21/2" - 6" 25 psid or 50 psid.

F. Butterfly Valves: 150-psig maximum pressure differential, ASTM A 126 cast-iron or ASTM A 536 ductile-iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless-steel stem, fieldreplaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals.

1. 2.

3. Body Style: One-piece Lug.

Disc Type: Type 304 stainless steel
Body Pressure: 250 psi.
23 09 23 - 31 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-772
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.13 CONTROL CABLE
A. Electronic and fiber-optic cables for control wiring are specified in Section 27 10 00 "Structured Cable System."
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that power is available to control units and operator workstation.

B. Verify that duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are installed before proceeding with installation.

3.2 PROTECTION
A. Provide protection against damage to work and material caused by Contractor's work or employees. All damages incurred will be assessed as outlined in Division 01.

B. Protect material not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation.

B. Connect and configure equipment and software to achieve sequence of operation specified.

C. Verify location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches above the floor.

1. Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern.

D. Install guards on thermostats or lock room sensor LCD display with buttons in the following locations:

1. 2.

3. Entrances.

Public areas.

Where indicated.

E. Install automatic dampers according to Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories." F. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures.

G. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 23 09 23 - 32 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-773
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
H. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 21 13 "Hydronic Piping."
I. Install steam and condensate instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 22 13 "Steam and Condensate Heating Piping." J. Install refrigerant instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 23 23 00 "Refrigerant Piping."
K. Install duct volume-control dampers according to Section 23 31 13 "Metal Ducts" and Section 23 31 16 "Nonmetal Ducts."
L. Install electronic and fiber-optic cables according to Section 27 10 00 "Structured Cable System."

3.4 COORDINATION
A. Submittals: See Division 01.

B. Test and Balance:

1. Provide a single set of necessary tools to interface with control system for testing and balancing.

Train Test and Balance Contractor to use system interface tools.

Provide a qualified technician to assist with testing and balancing the first 4 terminal units.

At completion of test and balance, Test and Balance Contractor shall return tools undamaged and in working condition.

2. 3.

4. C. Life Safety:

1. Fire and smoke damper actuators required provided under Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories" Damper control provided under Division 28.

D. Other Control Systems: Integrate and coordinate with control devices and systems furnished or installed by others as follows:

1. Communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in Divisions 27 & 28.

Each supplier of a control system shall configure, program, start and test their system or products to meet the Sequence of Operation.

Resolve incompatibility issues with other control systems or products as required to meet the Sequence of Operation.

Integrate control products as describe within the Contract Documents.

2. 3.

4. 3.5 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Section 26 05 00 "Basic Materials and Methods" and Section 26 11 00 "Conduits and Raceways." B. Install building wire and cable according to Section 26 12 00 "Low-Voltage Wires." 23 09 23 - 33 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-774
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Install signal and communication cable according to Section 27 10 00 "Structured Cabling System."

1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed.

Install exposed cable in raceway where subject to mechanical damage and at levels below 10ft in mechanical, electrical, or service rooms Install UL listed cable where exposed in attics or plenums.

Use structural members to support or anchor plenum cables without raceway.

Secure raceways with raceway clamps fastened to structure and spaced according to code requirements. Raceways and pull boxes shall not be hung on or attached to ductwork, electrical raceways, piping, or ceiling suspension system.

Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path.

Make wiring splices in listed junction box. Provide means of protecting the wire/cable jacket from wear when penetrating the junction box with chase nipple, plastic grommet or clamp style connector.

Provide 300 VAC or greater rated wire entering motor control sensors, combination motor starters, etc.

Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables.

Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. D. Install sensors according to manufacturer's recommendations.

1. 2.

Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for operating environment.

Install sensors with averaging tubing in a serpentine manner vertically across airflow cross-section using capillary clips for support.

E. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions.

Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers.

F. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position.

3.6 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING
A. Label wiring and cabling, and pneumatic tubing.

1. Wires and cables - Label at each end within 6 inches of termination.

B. Label control panels with minimum ½ inch letters on laminated plastic nameplates.

1. Label each control component and plug-in components.

C. Warning Labels
23 09 23 - 34 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-775
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. Affix permanent warning labels to motor starter and control panels that are connected to multiple power sources utilizing separate disconnects.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections.

B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest.

Test and adjust controls and safeties.

Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required.

Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions.

Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation.

Test software and hardware interlocks.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

C. DDC Verification:

1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks.

Check instruments for proper location and accessibility.

Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other applicable considerations.

Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore size and verify that inlet side is identified and that meters are installed correctly.

Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and selfcontained pressure regulators.

Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements.

Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction.

Check dampers. Verify proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided.

Check DDC system as follows:

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.
a. Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable.

Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system.

Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided, if applicable. b.
c.

D. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures.
23 09 23 - 35 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-776
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.8 ADJUSTING
A. Calibrating and Adjusting:

1. 2.

Calibrate instruments which require field calibration.

Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument.

3. Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and instruction manuals

4. Control System Inputs and Outputs:
a. Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span for 0-5/10VDC or 4- 20m analog inputs.

Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output.

Check digital inputs using jumper wire.

Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking.

Check resistance temperature inputs with hand held calibrated testing equipment.
b.
c.
d.
e.

5. Flow:
a. Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 100 percent values with 3-point calibration accomplished at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact.

6. Pressure:
a.
b.

Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.

Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at minimum.

7. Temperature:
a. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistance source.
b. Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts.

8. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers that are 2 positions, following the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed.

Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers that are proportional, following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and 100 percent closed.

Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system.

9. 10.

B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points, if required. 23 09 23 - 36 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-777
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.9 TRAINING
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Division 01.

B. Training shall enable students to accomplish the following objectives:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Proficiently operate system.

Understand control system architecture and configuration.

Understand DDC system components.

Understand system operation, including DDC system control and optimizing routines (algorithms)
Operate workstation and peripherals
Log on and off system
Access graphics, point reports, and logs
Adjust and change system setpoints, time schedules, and holiday schedules Recognize common HVAC system malfunctions by observing system graphics, trend graphs, and other system tools
Understand system drawings and Operation and Maintenance manual Understand job layout and location of control components Access data from DDC controllers
Operate portable operator's terminals
Create and change system graphics
Create, delete, and modify alarms, including configuring alarm reactions Create, delete, and modify point trend logs (graphs) and multi-point trend graphs Configure and run reports
Add, remove, and modify system's physical points
Create, modify, and delete application programming
Add operator interface stations
Add a new controller to system
Download firmware and advanced applications programming to a controller Configure and calibrate I/O points
Maintain software and prepare backups
Interface with job-specific, third-party operator software Add new users and understand password security procedures

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 16.

17. 18.

19. 20.

21. 22.

23. 24.

25. 26.

C. Divide presentation of objectives into three sessions (1-13, 14-23, and 24-26).

Participants will attend one or more of sessions, depending on knowledge level required.

1. 2.

3. Day-to-day Operators (objectives 1-13)
Advanced Operators (objectives 1-13 and 14-23)
System Managers and Administrators (objectives 1-13 and 24-26)

END OF SECTION
23 09 23 - 37 Direct-Digital Control System for HVAC
TP-778
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 23 00

REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

Refrigerant piping.

Unions, flanges, and couplings.

Pipe hangers and supports.

Refrigerant moisture and liquid indicators.

Valves.

Refrigerant filter-driers.

Refrigerant expansion valves.

Electronic expansion valves.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing: Product requirements for touch-up painting of structural steel.

Section 05 21 00 - Steel Joist Framing: Product requirements for touch-up painting of steel joists.

Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Product requirements for firestopping for placement by this section.

Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Access doors for concealed valves and accessories.

Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Product requirements for painting for placement by this section.

Section 23 05 03 - Pipes and Tubes for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Piping materials for refrigerant systems.

Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:

Product requirements for pipe hangers and supports, sleeves, [and firestopping] for placement by this section.

Section 23 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for Vibration Isolation for placement by this section.

Section 23 05 53 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for pipe identification for placement by this section.

Section 23 07 00 - HVAC Insulation: Product requirements for Piping Insulation for placement by this section.

Section 26 05 03 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for electric connections specified by this section.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 11.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute:
23 23 00 - 1 Refrigerant Piping
TP-779
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. 2.

3. ARI 495 - Refrigerant Liquid Receivers.

ARI 710 - Liquid-Line Driers.

ARI 730 - Flow-Capacity Rating and Application of Suction-Line Filters and Filter Dryers.

4. ARI 750 - Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves.

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:

1. ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.

C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:

1. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.

ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes.

ASME B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping.

ASME Section VIII - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Pressure Vessels.

2. 3.

4. D. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.

ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service.

ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

ASTM B280 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service.

ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers.

2. 3.

4. 5.

E. American Welding Society:

1. 2.

AWS A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding.

AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

F. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:

1. 2.

3. MSS SP 58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.

MSS SP 69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.

MSS SP 89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide compatible system components and joints. Use non-conducting dielectric connections when joining dissimilar metals in systems.

B. Provide flanges, unions, or couplings at locations requiring servicing. Use unions, flanges, or couplings downstream of valves and at equipment connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves or equipment. 23 23 00 - 2 Refrigerant Piping
TP-780
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5.

D. Flexible Connectors: Use at or near compressors where piping configuration does not absorb vibration.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of refrigeration piping system, including equipment, critical dimensions, and sizes.

C. Product Data:

1. 2.

Piping: Submit data on pipe materials, fittings, and accessories.

Valves: Submit manufacturers catalog information with valve data and ratings for each service.

Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog information including load capacity.

Refrigerant Specialties: Submit manufacturers catalog information including capacity, component sizes, rough-in requirements, and service sizes for the following:

3. 4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Refrigerant moisture and liquid indicators.

Refrigerant strainers.

Refrigerant filter-driers.

Refrigerant expansion valves.

Electronic expansion valves.

D. Design Data: Indicate pipe size. Indicate load carrying capacity of trapeze, multiple pipe, and riser support hangers.

E. Test Reports: Indicate results of piping system pressure test.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit hanging and support methods, joining procedures and isolation.

G. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves, equipment and refrigerant accessories.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for installation and changing components, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. 23 23 00 - 3 Refrigerant Piping
TP-781
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ASME B31.5 code for installation of refrigerant piping systems.

B. Perform Work in accordance with applicable code and authority having jurisdiction for welding hanger and support attachments to building structure.

C. Maintain one copy of document on site.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Fabricator or Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Dehydrate and charge refrigeration components including piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment. Maintain seal until connected into system.

C. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage.

D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the Work, and isolating parts of completed system.

1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
23 23 00 - 4 Refrigerant Piping
TP-782
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.12 COORDINATION
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Requirements for coordination.

1.13 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for valves excluding packing.

1.14 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

1.15 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two packing kits for each size and valve type.

C. Furnish two refrigerant filter-dryer cartridges of each type.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING
A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B280, drawn.

1. 2.

Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper.

Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F.

2.2 UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS
A. 2 inches and Smaller:

1. 2.

Ferrous Piping: 150 psig malleable iron, threaded.

Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered joints.

B. 2-1/2 inches and Larger:

1. 2.

3. Ferrous Piping: 150 psig forged steel, slip-on.

Copper Piping: Bronze.

Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene.

C. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier.
23 23 00 - 5 Refrigerant Piping
TP-783
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

B-Line Systems.

Anvil.

Tolco.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Conform to ASME B31.5.

C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.

D. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Larger: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.

E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.

F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Smaller: Cast iron hooks.

G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.

H. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

I. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel rings, adjustable, copper plated.

J. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded.

K. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.

2.4 REFRIGERANT MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

Sporlan Valve Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Indicators:

1. 2.

3. Port: Single, UL listed.

Body: Copper or brass, flared or solder ends.

Sight glass: Color-coded paper moisture indicator with removable element cartridge and plastic cap.

Maximum working pressure: 500 psig
Maximum working temperature: 200 degrees F.

4. 5.
23 23 00 - 6 Refrigerant Piping
TP-784
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.5 VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

Sporlan Valve Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Diaphragm Packless Valves:

1. UL listed, globe or angle pattern, forged brass body and bonnet solder or flared ends.

Phosphor bronze and stainless steel diaphragms, rising stem and hand wheel.

Stainless steel spring, nylon seats, disc with positive back seating.

Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

Maximum working temperature: 275 degrees F.

2. 3.

4. 5.

C. Packed Angle Valves:

1. 2.

Forged brass, solder or flared ends.

Forged brass seal caps with copper gasket, rising stem and seat [with back seating], molded stem packing.

Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

Maximum working temperature: 275 degrees F.

3. 4.

D. Ball Valves:

1. Two piece forged brass body with teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions, brass seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem seals, soldered or threaded ends.

Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

Maximum working temperature: 325 degrees F.

2. 3.

E. Service Valves:

1. Forged brass body with copper stubs, brass caps, removable valve core, integral ball check valve, flared or solder ends.

2. Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

F. Refrigerant Check Valves:

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

Sporlan Valve Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements. 23 23 00 - 7 Refrigerant Piping
TP-785
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.6 REFRIGERANT STRAINERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

Sporlan Valve Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Straight Line or Angle Line Type:

1. Brass or steel shell, steel cap and flange, and replaceable cartridge, with screen of stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass.

2. Maximum working pressure: 430 psig.

C. Straight Line, Non-Cleanable Type:

1. 2.

Steel shell, copper plated fittings, stainless steel wire screen.

Maximum working pressure: 500 psig.

2.7 REFRIGERANT FILTER-DRIERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

Sporlan Valve Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Replaceable Cartridge Angle Type:

1. Shell: ARI 710, UL listed, steel, removable cap, for maximum working pressure of 500 psig, inches outside diameter size connections.

Filter Cartridge: Pleated media with integral end rings, stainless steel support.

Filter/Dryer Cartridge: Pleated media with solid core sieve with activated alumina.

Wax Removal Cartridge: Molded bonded core of activated charcoal with integral gaskets.

2. 3.

4. C. Permanent Straight Through Type:

1. ARI 710, UL listed, steel shell with molded desiccant filter core, for maximum working pressure of 500 psig.

2.8 REFRIGERANT EXPANSION VALVES
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Alco Controls Div, Emerson Electric Co.

Parker Hannifin Corp., Refrig. & Air Cond. Div.

Sporlan Valve Co.

Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 - Product Requirements. 23 23 00 - 8 Refrigerant Piping
TP-786
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Angle or Straight Through Type: ARI 750; design suitable for refrigerant, brass body, internal or external equalizer, mechanical pressure limit (maximum operating pressure MOP feature), adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, with replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb.

C. Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 10 degrees F superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and oversized at part load.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination: Coordination and project conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps.

3.3 INSTALLATION - INSERTS
A. Provide inserts for placement in concrete forms.

B. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams.

C. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 inches and larger.

D. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

E. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.5.

B. Support horizontal piping hangers as scheduled.
23 23 00 - 9 Refrigerant Piping
TP-787
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

D. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

E. Install hangers to allow 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

G. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe hangers or trapeze hangers.

H. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.

I. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports in accordance with Section 09 90 00.

Finish paint exposed steel hangers and supports in accordance with Section 09 90 00. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

J. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.

3.5 INSTALLATION - ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Route piping parallel to building structure and maintain gradient.

B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space.

C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

D. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. Refer to Section 23 05 29.

E. Install pipe identification in accordance with Section 23 05 53.

F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Section 08 31 13.

H. Arrange refrigerant piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping, and provide double risers as required. Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of flow.

I. Flood refrigerant piping system with nitrogen when brazing.

J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds. Refer to Section. 23 23 00 - 10 Refrigerant Piping
TP-788
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
K. Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories, ready for finish painting.

Refer to Section 09 90 00.

L. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

M. Insulate piping and equipment; refer to Section 23 07 00.

N. Provide replaceable cartridge filter-dryers, with isolation valves and bypass with valve.

O. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction line.

P. Provide external equalizer piping on expansion valves with refrigerant distributor connected to evaporator.

Q. Install flexible connectors at right angles to axial movement of compressor, parallel to crankshaft.

R. Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing.

S. Follow ASHRAE 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of refrigerant.

T. Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASME B31.5.

3.6 INSTALLATION - REFRIGERANT SPECIALTIES
A. Refrigerant Liquid Indicators:

1. 2.

Install line size liquid indicators in main liquid line downstream of condenser.

When receiver is provided, install line size liquid indicators in liquid line downstream of receiver.

3. Install line size liquid indicators downstream of liquid solenoid valves.

B. Refrigerant Valves:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Install service valves on compressor suction and discharge.

Install gage taps at compressor inlet and outlet.

Install gage taps at hot gas bypass regulators, inlet and outlet.

Install check valves on compressor discharge.

Install check valves on condenser liquid lines on multiple condenser systems.

Install refrigerant charging valve in liquid line between receiver shut-off valve and expansion valve.

C. Strainers:

1. 2.

Install line size strainer upstream of each automatic valve.

Where multiple expansion valves with integral strainers are used, install single main liquid-line strainer.

On steel piping systems, install strainer in suction line.

Install shut-off valves on each side of strainer.

3. 4.
23 23 00 - 11 Refrigerant Piping
TP-789
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Filter-Dryers:

1. 2.

3. Install permanent filter-dryers in low temperature systems.

Install permanent filter-dryer in systems containing hermetic compressors.

Install replaceable cartridge filter-dryer vertically in liquid line adjacent to receivers.

4. Install replaceable cartridge filter-dryer upstream of each solenoid valve.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 73 00 – Execution Requirements and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.

B. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5.

C. Pressure test refrigeration system with dry nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27 inches vacuum and 200 psig using electronic leak detector.

D. Repair leaks.

E. Retest until no leaks are detected.

3.8 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:

END OF SECTION
23 23 00 - 12 Refrigerant Piping

PIPE SIZE
Inches
COPPER
TUBING

MAXIMUM
HANGER

SPACING
Feet

MINIMUM
HANGER
ROD

DIAMETER
COPPER
TUBING
Inches

MINIMUM
HANGER
ROD

DIAMETER

STEEL PIPE
Inches
1/2 5 3/8 3/8
3/4 5 3/8 3/8
1 6 3/8 3/8
1-1/4 7 3/8 3/8
1-1/2 8 3/8 3/8
2 8 3/8 3/8
2-1/2 9 1/2 1/2
3 10 1/2 1/2
4 10 1/2 5/8
5 10 1/2 5/8
6 10 5/8 3/4
TP-790
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 31 00

HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Duct Materials.

Insulated flexible ducts.

Single wall spiral round ducts.

Transverse duct connection system.

Ductwork fabrication.

Duct cleaning.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 09 - Painting and Coating: Execution requirements for Weld priming, weather resistant, paint or coating specified by this section.

Division 23 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC and Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for hangers, supports and sleeves for placement by this section.

Division 23 - Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct accessories for placement by this section.

2. 3.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:

1. 2.

ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

ASTM A90/A90M - Standard Test Method for Weight Mass of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings.

ASTM A167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

ASTM A568/A568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and HighStrength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for.

ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.

ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, HotRolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.

ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

ASTM C14 - Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 23 31 00 - 1 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-791
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

10. ASTM C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets.

11. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

B. California Mechanical Code:

1. CMC – State of California Mechanical Code.

C. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.

2. D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:

1. 2.

SMACNA - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Variation of duct configuration or sizes other than those of equivalent or lower loss coefficient is not permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts, if it is not shown on the drawings.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit duct fabrication drawings, drawn to scale not smaller than 1/4 inch equals 1 foot, on drawing sheets same size as Contract Documents, indicating:

1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation details, including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work.

Duct layout, indicating pressure classifications and sizes in plan view. For exhaust duct systems, indicate classification of materials handled as defined in this section.

Fittings.

Reinforcing details and spacing.

Seam and joint construction details.

Penetrations through fire rated and other walls.

Terminal unit, and coil installations.

Hangers and supports, including methods for building attachment, vibration isolation, and duct attachment.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 23 31 00 - 2 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-792
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

9. Equipment service clearance, access panels and door swings.

C. Product Data: Submit data for duct materials, duct liner and duct connectors.

D. Acceptance or no exceptions taken by the engineer on any substitution proposed by the contractor shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from compliance with the project's specifications and performance requirements nor departure there from.

The contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions and for the selection of fabrication processes, techniques and assembly, coordination of his work with that of all other trades and making any needed modifications consequent to the substitution at his own cost and for performing the work in a safe manner.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and flexible.

B. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.7 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer.

1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum three weeks prior to commencing work of this section.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 01 - Product Requirements.

B. Do not install duct sealant when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers.

C. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealant. 23 31 00 - 3 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-793
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DUCT MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: ASTM A653/A653M minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having G90 zinc coating of in conformance with ASTM A90/A90M.

B. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws.

C. Steel shapes shall be hot rolled, galvanized.

D. Screws and bolts shall be cadmium plated.

E. Materials and fabrication shall comply with 2013 California Mechanical Code.

F. For supply air and return air ductwork above roof, or exposed to weather, use double walled duct with insulation in between. Size of duct indicated on the drawings shall be internal dimension. Internal and external duct shall be of same gauge.

G. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36/A36M; steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded.

2.2 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Casco
Thermflex
Glen Flex
Substitutions: Division 01 - Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: Flexible duct shall consist of an exterior reinforced laminated vapor barrier, 1-1/2 inch thick fiberglass insulation (K = .25 @ 75 degrees F), encapsulated spring steel wire helix and impervious, smooth, non-perforated interior vinyl liner. Individual lengths of flexible ducts shall contain factory fabricated steel connection collars. Flexible fiberglass duct shall meet the requirements of NFPA No. 90A and UL 181.

1. 2.

3. Pressure Rating: 10 inches wg positive and 1.0 inches wg negative.

Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm.

Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F.
23 31 00 - 4 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-794
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

4. Furnish each flexible duct section with integral clamping devices for connection to round or oval fittings.

Join each flexible duct section to main trunk duct through sheet metal fittings.

Construct fittings of galvanized steel and equip with factory installed volume damper having positive locking regulator. Provide fittings installed in lined ductwork with insulation guard.

Flexible ducts shall be supported at or near mid-length with 2 inch wide, 28 gage steel hanger collar, attached to the structure with an approved duct hanger.

Installation shall minimize sharp radius turns or offsets. The maximum length connecting to terminal outlets shall be 7 feet and minimum length of 5 feet.

Insulated flexible ducts shall be continuous, single pieces, 7' in length for low pressure, and they shall be adequately supported with a center strap support.

Ducts shall be installed with a minimum radius of bend of two duct diameters.

These flexible ducts are specified to tie into side inlet/outlet insulated ceiling diffusers or return air grills. The metal duct system shall be installed such that sufficient room exists to accommodate the flex duct straight runs from the metal duct to the ceiling devices. Distances too close to meet the intent of the specifications will be revised and installed according to the specifications.

Low pressure ductwork shall have precut lengths with continuous inner liner, factory installed female collars and fastening devices at each end, a factory installed manual balancing damper assembly complete with a level position indicator and a positive locking device.

Provide all round duct takeoffs from low pressure ducts with aluminum draw band, or Spin In Twist Lok fittings, approved for installation in return air plenum.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. C. UL Requirements:

1. The entire flexible duct assembly shall be labeled in accordance with UL 181 Class I air duct requirements and not have a flame and smoke spread rating in excess of 25/50.

Installation must conform with factory supplied and UL approved print installation instruction sheets.

Submittals will be required to include product data sheets and installation instruction sheets in order to assure awareness of the proper installation technique.

2. 3.

2.3 SINGLE WALL SPIRAL ROUND DUCTS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. McGill Airflow Corporation
Semco Incorporated
Tangent Air Corp
Spiral Mfg. Co., Inc.

Substitutions: Division 01 - Product Requirements.

B. Product Description: UL 181, Class 1, round spiral lock seam duct constructed of galvanized steel.

C. Construct duct with the following minimum gages:
23 31 00 - 5 HVAC Ducts and Casings
Diameter Gauge
TP-795
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Construct fittings with the following minimum gages:

2.4 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION (GENERAL)
A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals except as modified by this specification.

1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure class.

Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

2. B. Elbows shall be radius or short radius with vanes, type RE 1 and RE 3 in the SMACNA manual. Mitered elbows with turning vanes shall be used where shown on drawings. Construct vanes per pages A.41 and A.43 of the SMACNA manual.

C. Divided flow branches shall be per SMACNA manual figure 2-5, type 1 or type 4A or 4B only.

D. Branch connections per SMACNA manual figure 2-6; 45-degree entry shall only be used where airflow in branch is less than 25% of total airflow in main duct.

E. Offsets shall be SMACNA manual figure 2-7, type 3 only.

F. Bell-mouth transitions shall be used on connections to air handling units and plenums.

G. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement.
23 31 00 - 6 HVAC Ducts and Casings
Diameter Gauge
3 inches to 14 inches 24
15 inches to 26 inches 22
28 inches to 36 inches 20
38 inches to 50 inches 20
52 inches to 60 inches 18
62 inches to 84 inches 16
3 inches to 14 inches 26
15 inches to 26 inches 24
28 inches to 36 inches 22
38 inches to 50 inches 20
52 inches to 84 inches 18
TP-796
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.

TDC.

Ductmate Industries, Inc.

Nexus Inc.

H. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with non-curing polymer sealant. Button punch snap lock seams are not acceptable to the University and shall not be used.

I. Provide drive slip or equivalent flat seams for ducts exposed in the conditioned space or where necessary due to space limitations.

J. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sf of non-braced panel area unless ducts are lined.

2.5 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK FABRICATION (INTERIOR)
A. Low Pressure Duct Construction Schedule: (2 inch" S.P. and below). Include all return, exhaust, supply branches and ductwork downstream of terminal units.

Note: * Based on maximum of 2.0" WG.
** The Lockformer Company TDC or approved equal

1. 2.

Provide intermediate bracing for low pressure ductwork 85 inches and larger.

All ducts over 18 inches in either dimension shall be stiffened with beads on 24 through 20 gage. Cross break on 18 and 16 gauge. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh locks Snap-Lock shall be limited to 12 inch maximum width of ducts.

B. Strap hanger shall be a minimum of 1 inch, #18 gauge galvanized steel attached to the bottom of ducts at 8'- 0" OC and as required by CMC and SMACNA guidelines.

C. Elbows shall be radius or short radius with vanes, type RE 1 and RE 3 in the SMACNA manual. Mitered elbows with turning vanes shall be used where shown on drawings. Construct vanes per pages A.41 and A.43 of the SMACNA manual.

D. Divided flow branches shall be per SMACNA manual figure 2-5, type 1 or type 4A or 4B only.
23 31 00 - 7 HVAC Ducts and Casings
Duct Dimension
(Inches)
Material
Gauges
Construction of Transverse Joints, Bracing
and Reinforcing
0 to 12 26 Hemmed S slip spaced not more than 10’ apart 13 to 30 24 Ductmate Jr.**, or 1” G lock spaced not more than 10’ apart
31 to 42 22 Ductmate Jr.**, spaced not more than 5’ apart 43 to 54 22 Ductmate**, spaced not more than 4’ apart
55 to 60 20 Ductmate**, spaced not more than 4’ apart
61 to 84 20 Ductmate**, spaced not more than 4’ apart
85 and up 18 Ductmate**, spaced not more than 4’ apart. Provide intermediate bracing for low pressure ductwork 85”
and larger
TP-797
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
E. Branch connections per SMACNA manual figure 2-6; 45-degree entry shall only be used where airflow in branch is less than 25% of total airflow in main duct.

F. Offsets shall be SMACNA manual figure 2-7, type 3 only.

G. Bellmouth transitions shall be used on connections to air handling units and plenums.

H. Provide Ductmate and Ductmate, Jr. with all required material including metal cleats, corner bolts and nuts, angles, clips and gaskets, all installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and supervision.

I. Quadrant volume damper blades in fittings shall be two gauges heavier than the fittings.

J. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with non-curing polymer sealant. Button punch snap lock seams are not acceptable and shall not be used.

K. Provide drive slip or equivalent flat seams for ducts exposed in the conditioned space or where necessary due to space limitations.

L. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of non-braced panel area unless ducts are lined.

M. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream.

N. Provide standard 45-degree lateral wye takeoffs. When space does not allow 45- degree lateral wye takeoff, use 90-degree conical tee connections.

2.6 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK FABRICATION (EXTERIOR)
A. Provide duct and fittings with exceptional noise and thermal control in air handling systems. This double-wall, insulated ductwork shall be constructed of a solid steel outer pressure shell and a steel inner liner with a layer of insulation sandwiched between. Other insulation materials and rectangular duct and fittings shall be shipped fully assembled with transverse duct connector flanged ends. Both outer pressure shell and metal inner liner shall incorporate Pittsburgh lockseam construction and TDC end connectors. Ductwork is fully assembled with a finished length of 56-1/4 inches or 68-1/4 inches. Refer to 2.06 for duct gauge requirements.

2.7 ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION (INTERIOR)
A. Circular (across section) ducts shall be galvanized steel of spiral seam construction, fittings shall have continuous, welded, stamped construction both manufactured by United Sheet Metal, Omniduct, Spiromatic, Spiro Duct, Casco or approved equal.

B. Make joints between two ducts with beaded sleeve joint, with duct sealer applied to both the male and female duct ends, then mechanically fastened with sheet metal screws.
23 31 00 - 8 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-798
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Install all duct work according to the following: the radius of elbows shall be minimum of 1 1/2 times diameter or maximum width of duct. Gored ells are not acceptable.

Violations of this requirement shall be removed from the system and replaced per the design documents and the drawings at no cost to the Owner. Failure to do so will result in the Project Manager replacing the defective installation and back charging the cost to the offending contractor.

D. Tee fittings shall be of conical type changing in shape from round to rectangular with transformation joint with minimum of 1 to 7 taper.

E. Corrugated or flexible metal duct, or shop fabricated circular ducts will not be acceptable.

2.8 ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION (EXTERIOR)
A. Provide double-wall, insulated duct and fittings with exceptional noise and thermal control in air handling systems. They shall be constructed of a solid galvanized sheet metal outer pressure shell and a solid galvanized sheet metal inner liner with a layer of 2” insulation sandwiched. The shell constructions shall have longitudinal seam.

Refer to 2.03 for duct gauge requirements.

2.9 DUCT SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics.

B. Tape Sealing System: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with gypsum mineral compound and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal.

C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when cured, UL 181 listed; passes UL 723 for flame spread and smoke development; and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts.

D. Flanged Joint Mastic: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.

F. Provide sealant or tape for metal ducts at duct joints which are defined as transverse joints between duct sections including girth joints, branch and sub-branch intersections, duct collar tap-ins, fitting subsections, louver and air terminal connections, access doors and frames, and abutments to building structure. Also provide the same at duct seams which are defined as longitudinal joint between duct sections. Spiral lock seams in factory fabricated round or oval ducts are excluded.

G. Sealant for low-pressure ducts shall be: Design Polymerics- DP1010 or 1020, Childers Chil-Flex CP145A/146, Foster's Duct-Fas 32-19, Kingco-Glenkote11-500, Ductmate ProSeal or FiberSeal, or equal. Provide tape joints with canvas fastened with Borden Chemical Division Arabol adhesive, or equal. 23 31 00 - 9 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-799
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify sizes of equipment connections before fabricating transitions.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, as required in this section and in the Contract Drawings.

B. During construction, install temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system.

C. Use beaded sleeve couplings for joining round duct and flexible ducts.

D. Install duct hangers and supports in accordance with Section 23 05 29.

E. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.

F. Seal all ductwork.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK
A. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air-tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3 inch and under; 1% for systems rated over 3 inch) and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with a minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8 inch misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor.

B. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements.

C. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, column, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2 inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1 inch clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work.
23 31 00 - 10 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-800
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system.

E. Tape the clips, Snaplock seams and joints or connections of the metal supply, return and exhaust ducts and the grilled and diffuser connections with 4 inch strips of 6 oz. canvas attached with Arabol or Hardcast adhesive. Tape the filter frames the same as ducts. Coat all canvas exposed to the weather with Tuff Bond #12. Taping of Pittsburgh seams is required. Exposed interior ductwork intended for open ceilings shall not be taped or covered with canvas.

F. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter.

G. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of ductwork accessories properly with other work.

H. Round ducts shall be used to the maximum extent possible. As duct size increases, flat oval shall be considered. Rectangular ducts shall be limited to areas of space restriction with a maximum aspect ratio of 2:1. If due to a structural clearance constraint, duct aspect ratio can be increased and/or duct cross section reduced if upstream transition has included angles of 60 degrees or less and downstream transition has included angles of 30 degrees or less.

I. Ducts exposed outside to elements shall only be of round construction to shed rainwater. If conditions do not allow round ducts, provisions shall be provided to slope the flat top of rectangular ductwork so rainwater will not stand on top of duct.

J. Except for connection of terminal discharge duct to air outlets, 90 degree taps shall not be used unless space prohibits the use of low loss fittings. Takeoff feeding terminals shall be conical branch; 45 wye, conical branch; low loss tee; bell mouth, or branch with a loss coefficient equivalent to that for the conical branch. The slopes of transitions shall be approximately one to five, and no abrupt changes or offsets of any kind in the duct system shall be permitted.

K. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet unless interrupted by fittings.

L. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

M. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections.

N. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct.

Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each coupling.

O. Install ducts vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs in ducts that would be over 12 feet in length.

P. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.
23 31 00 - 11 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-801
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
Q. Install ducts with a clearance of 2 inch on each side, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

R. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated.

S. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work.

T. Seal all joints and seams. If specification requires duct pressure test then duct sealant can be used instead of canvas and Arabol. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws.

U. Duct hangers shall be attached to horizontal slabs with steel angle clips secured with inserts, strapped to vertical walls, bolted to beams and joists, as per SMACNA guidelines, or as approved by the Architect.

V. All ducts and equipment shall be blown out prior to operating.

W. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures and telephone equipment rooms.

X. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

Y. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers or combination fire/smoke dampers, sleeves.

Z. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to withstand, without damage to equipment, seismic force required by California building codes.

AA. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until building is enclosed. Follow SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction." BB. Do not paint interiors of metal ducts.

CC. Protect duct openings from damage and prevent entrance of foreign materials.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Maximum length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 7'- 0" extended length.

B. Installation: Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible", latest edition. 23 31 00 - 12 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-802
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Bends in flexible ducts shall have a radius of not less than 1.5 times the internal diameters.

3.5 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. General: Connect metal ductwork to equipment as indicated. Provide flexible connection for each ductwork connection to equipment mounted on vibration isolators, and/or equipment containing rotary machinery. Provide access doors as indicated.

3.6 HANGING AND SUPPORTING
A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.

B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor.

C. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding onefourth of failure (proof-test) load. Wire and friction clamps shall not be used.

D. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.

E. Install drilled in concrete anchors after concrete is placed and completely cured.

F. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners.

3.7 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Install openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Install Pitot tube openings for testing of systems. Install Pitot tube complete with metal can with spring device or screw to prevent air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside metal ring.

B. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 to 7 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp except as otherwise shown on the drawings. Do not use flexible duct on moisture laden air systems.

C. Connect air terminal units to supply ducts directly with at least one duct size larger than air terminal connection, except as shown otherwise on the drawings.

3.8 CLEANING NEW SYSTEM
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.

B. If the ductwork system is maintained in a clean state during the installation the following is not required. If in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer or Owner’s Representative the ductwork system is dirty the following shall be complied with.

C. Mark position of dampers and air-directional mechanical devices before cleaning, and perform cleaning before air balancing.
23 31 00 - 13 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-803
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Use service openings, as required, for physical and mechanical entry and for inspection.

E. Create other openings to comply with duct standards.

F. Disconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.

G. Remove and reinstall ceiling sections to gain access during the cleaning process.

H. Vent vacuuming system to the outside. Include filtration to contain debris removed from HVAC systems, and locate exhaust down wind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building.

I. Clean the following metal duct systems by removing surface contaminants and deposits:

1. 2.

Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).

Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies.

Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.

Coils and related components.

Return-air ducts, dampers, and actuators except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms.

Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.

3. 4.

5. 6.

J. Cleaning Requirements:

1. Interior surfaces of all supply ductwork shall be cleaned of dust and dirt at the fabrication shop during fabrication.

Supply Ductwork shall be sealed to protect interior surfaces prior to being shipped and handled.

Seals and wrapping shall be removed on job site at time of installation.

Seal open duct ends during at the end of each day.

2. 3.

4. K. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:

1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.

Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning.

Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure.

Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.

Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet.

2. 3.

4. 23 31 00 - 14 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-804
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins.

L. Cleanliness Verification:

1. 2.

Visually inspect metal ducts for contaminants.

Where contaminants are discovered, re-clean and re-inspect ducts.

3.9 SCHEDULES
A. Static-Pressure Classes: Construct ducts according to the following:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. Supply Ducts (Exterior Installation): 4-inch wg.

Supply Ducts before Air Terminal Units (VAV Boxes or Air Valves): 4-inch wg.

Supply Ducts after Air Terminal Units (VAV Boxes or Air Valves): 2-inch wg.

Supply Ducts (In Mechanical Equipment Rooms): 4-inch wg.

Return Ducts (Negative Pressure) Before Air Terminal Units: 4-inch wg.

Return Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.

General Exhaust (Negative Pressure) Before Air Terminal Units: 4-inch wg.

General Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg.

Vertical risers shall be constructed to a minimum of 4-inch wg, regardless of type.

END OF SECTION
23 31 00 - 15 HVAC Ducts and Casings
TP-805
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 33 00

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Back-draft dampers.

Combination fire-and-smoke dampers.

Duct access doors.

Volume control dampers.

Flexible duct connections.

Duct test holes.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 23 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Requirements for duct construction and pressure classifications.

Division 26 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution requirements for connection of electrical Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers specified by this section.

2. 1.2 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:

1. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters.

B. ASTM International:

1. ASTM E1 - Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers.

C. National Fire Protection Association:

1. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

2. NFPA 92A - Recommended Practice for Smoke-Control Systems.

D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:

1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. 2.

3. UL 555 - Standard for Safety for Fire Dampers.

UL 555C - Standard for Safety for Ceiling Dampers.

UL 555S - Standard for Safety for Smoke Dampers.
23 33 00 - 1 Air Duct Accessories
TP-806
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers, duct access doors and duct test holes.

C. Product Data: Submit data for shop fabricated assemblies and hardware used.

D. Product Data: Submit for the following. Include where applicable electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. Fire dampers including locations and ratings.

Smoke dampers including locations and ratings.

Backdraft dampers.

Flexible duct connections.

Volume control dampers.

Duct access doors.

Duct test holes.

E. Product Data: For fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers submit the following:

1. Include UL ratings, California Sate Fire Marshal approval and NFPA 90A, dynamic ratings, leakage, pressure drop and maximum pressure data.

Indicate materials, construction, dimensions, and installation details.

Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500.

2. 3.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for Fire and Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers.

G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

H. Acceptance or no exceptions taken by the engineer on any substitution proposed by the contractor shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from compliance with the project's specifications and performance requirements nor departure there from.

The contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions and for the selection of fabrication processes, techniques and assembly, coordination of his work with that of all other trades and making any needed modifications consequent to the substitution at his own cost and for performing the work in a safe manner.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of access doors, test holes and combination smoke/fire dampers.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit for Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers. 23 33 00 - 2 Air Duct Accessories
TP-807
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Dampers tested, rated and labeled in accordance with the latest UL requirements.

B. Damper pressure drop ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 500.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum three weeks prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Division 01 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades.

C. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly indicating manufacturer and material.

D. Storage: Store materials in a dry area indoor, protected from damage.

E. Handling: Handle and lift dampers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 COORDINATION
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Coordinate Work where appropriate with building control Work.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.
23 33 00 - 3 Air Duct Accessories
TP-808
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BACK-DRAFT DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Pottorff
Ruskin
Greenheck
B. Product Description: Multi-Blade, back-draft dampers: Parallel-action, gravitybalanced, extruded aluminum. Blades, maximum 6 inch width, with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges. Blades linked together in rattle-free manner with 90-degree stop, steel ball bearings, and plated steel pivot pin. Furnish dampers with adjustment counter balance weight to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. Back draft damper shall be capable of adjusting to 0.025 inches of water pressure.

2.2 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS / FIRE DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Pottorff
Ruskin
Air Balance, Inc.

B. Furnish and install California State Fire Marshal approved combination smoke/fire dampers where shown on plans. The dampers shall meet all the requirements for smoke dampers per the latest edition of NFPA 90A and UL standards. Units shall be tested and listed under UL 555 and UL 555S. Rating 1-1/2 hours for installation in one or 2-hour partitions. The seals shall be non-degradable steel to steel. Leakage shall not exceed 15 cfm/sq. ft. at one inch w.g. and shall be tested at 850 degrees F.

Fire releasing device shall be UL 33 listed melting fusible links. Dampers shall be provided in sleeves with pre-mounted non-stall motor actuators and dual-position indicators for remote annunciation, if required. The complete assembly shall be factory cycled and tested prior to shipment. Provide suitable access for inspection and servicing of each damper.

2.3 DUCT ACCESS DOORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Air Balance, Inc.

Duro Dyne Corp.

Register & Grille Mfg. Co., Inc.

Ruskin Mfg. Co.

Ventfabrics, Inc.
23 33 00 - 4 Air Duct Accessories
TP-809
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

6. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Air Systems Div.

B. General:

1. Access doors shall be of size to permit duct cleaning, inspection and adjustment and replacement of fire damper links, fan bearings, etc. through access opening.

The minimum size shall be 12" x 12" or equivalent size as approved by the engineer. Access door gauges shall match duct.

2. Fore square or rectangular ducts:
a. Door shall be double wall type with felt or foam rubber gasket seal and shall have butt hinges and sash locks on 2-opposite sides, at a maximum spacing of 9". Use sash locks on both sides where hinged door swings may be obstructed.

Door in insulated ducts shall be double walled and shall contain a full thickness of insulation between the door panels.
b.

3. Access doors for circular ducts shall be United Sheet Metal Type AR-W, Omniduct, Spiromatic, Spiro-Duct, or approved equal. Door shall have same requirements as for rectangular duct.

C. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated on Drawings.

2.4 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. Ventfabrics, Inc.

Young Regulator Co.

Duro Dyne Corp.

B. General Description: Factory fabricated, with required hardware and accessories.

Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class.

1. Pressure Classes of 3-Inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for ducts with axle’s full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft.

C. Dampers installed in ductwork, in furred ceiling spaces or in roof spaces with less than 30" of clearance below beams, joints or other construction, and where access panels are not provided shall have damper rods extended below ceiling and terminated with a concealed damper regulator, Ventlok, Young, or approved equal.

The location of each damper shall be identified by a Green dot for supply air registers and a red dot for return air grills. The one inch diameter dots shall be placed by the HVAC contractor on tee tee bar ceiling gird nearest the damper and stuck on the damper side of the tee with one half of the dot showing and the other half of the dot folded up around the top part of the tee bar.
23 33 00 - 5 Air Duct Accessories
TP-810
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. Damper blades shall not exceed 10" in width and shall be a minimum of 16-gauge galvanized steel, or Re-gauge aluminum. All dampers shall be frame mounted. The damper frame shall be of minimum 12-gauge steel channel. Except that dampers less than 18" maximum size may have 16-gauge by 1-1/4" minimum flat bar stock frames. Multi blade dampers shall be arranged for opposed blade operation.

E. Steel parts shall be galvanized or factory-finished with a metal primer and enameled finish and all cut edges shall be coated as described above. All parts of dampers in outside air intakes shall be galvanized. Bearings shall be precision sleeve type of oilimpregnated bronze, Teflon or Nylon.

F. Provide locking and indicating quadrants installed in accessible locations. For wrapped ducts, quadrants shall be bracket mounted with a recessed flange.

G. Where dampers are inaccessible for adjustments, provide Ventfabrics No. 666,or equal by Young Regulator Co.; with remote operator.

H. All dampers shall be shipped with factory attached 18” long orange ribbon attached to operator shaft.

2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

Duro Dyne Corp.

Ventfabrics, Inc.

B. General Description: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1.

C. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 5-3/4 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick (24 ga), galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with ducts.

D. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene.

1. 2.

3. Minimum Weight: 26 oz. /sq. yd.

Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lb/inch in the filling.

Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.

2.6 SCREENS
A. Screens shall be 1 inch mesh, 12 gauge stainless steel wire set in 1 inch galvanized channel frames for all openings.

2.7 DUCT HARDWARE
A. General: Provide duct hardware, manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on project, for the following:

1. Test holes: Provide in ductwork at fan inlet and outlet, and elsewhere as indicated, duct test holes, consisting of slot and cover, for instrument tests. 23 33 00 - 6 Air Duct Accessories
TP-811
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. Quadrant locks: Provide for each damper, quadrant lock device on one end of shaft; and end bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12 inch.

Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally insulated ductwork.

B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provided duct hardware of one of the following:

1. 2.

3. Ventfabrics, Inc.

Young Regulator Co.

Duro Dyne

2.8 TURNING VANES
A. Square throat elbow with vanes not allowed. Provide short radius elbows with vanes per SMACNA details as indicated on the drawings.

2.9 DUCT SILENCERS
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Silencers shall be Vibro-Acoustics.

1. Alternate manufacturers must request and obtain written approval by the Engineer to bid the project at least 10 days prior to the bid due-date. As a condition of pre-approval, alternate manufacturers must submit to the Engineer a minimum of twenty (20) different HVAC silencer test reports. Each report shall be for a silencer tested in full accordance with the ASTM E-477-06a silencer test standard in an aero-acoustic test facility which is NVLAP accredited for the ASTM E-477-06a standard. Each test shall have been conducted within the last 12 month period. A copy of the laboratory’s NVLAP accreditation certificate must be included with the submitted reports. Any changes to the specifications must be submitted and approved in writing by the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the bid due-date.

B. General Requirements:

1. Silencers shall be of the size, configuration, capacity and acoustic performance as scheduled on the drawings. All silencers shall be factory fabricated and supplied by the same manufacturer.

Silencer inlet and outlet connection dimensions must be equal to the duct sizes shown on the drawings. Duct transitions at silencers are not permitted unless shown on the contract drawings.

Silencers shall be constructed in accordance with ASHRAE and SMACNA standards for the pressure and velocity classification specified for the air distribution system in which it is installed. Material gauges noted in other sections are minimums. Material gauges shall be increased as required for the system pressure and velocity classification. The silencers shall not fail structurally when subjected to a differential air pressure of 8 inches water gauge.

All casing seams and joints shall be lock-formed and sealed or stitch welded and sealed except as noted in Section G below, to provide leakage-resistant construction. Airtight construction shall be achieved by use of a duct-sealing compound supplied and installed by the contractor at the jobsite.

2. 3.

4. 23 33 00 - 7 Air Duct Accessories
TP-812
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

5. All perforated steel shall be adequately stiffened to insure flatness and form. All spot welds shall be painted.

Fire-Performance Characteristics: Silencer assemblies, including acoustic media fill, Vibar™ film liner, sealants, and acoustical spacer, shall have flame-spread index not exceeding 25 and smoke-developed index not exceeding 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84, NFPA 255 or UL 723.

Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2007.

6. 7.

C. Rectangular Silencers. Outer casing shall be ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 galvanized sheet steel, 22 gauge.

D. Rectangular Elbow Silencers. Outer casing shall be ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 galvanized sheet steel, 18 gauge. All acoustical splitters shall be internally radiused and aerodynamically designed for efficient turning of the air. Half and full splitters are required as necessary to achieve the scheduled insertion loss. All elbow silencers with a turning cross-section dimension greater than 48” shall have at least two half splitters and one full splitter.

E. Circular Silencers. Outer casing shall be ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 galvanized sheet steel, gauge as listed below.

1. 2.

3. 4.

Sheet metal thickness for units up to 18 Inches in Diameter: 22 gauge.

Sheet metal thickness for units 18 through 30 Inches in Diameter: 20 gauge.

Sheet metal thickness for units 30 through 54 Inches in Diameter: 18 gauge.

Sheet metal thickness for units over 54 Inches in Diameter: 16 gauge.

F. Inner perforated metal liner: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 galvanized sheet steel.

1. 2.

3. Rectangular Silencers: 26 gauge.

Rectangular Elbow Silencers: 22 gauge.

Circular Silencers:
a.
b.

Connection diameter up to 18 inches: 26 gauge.

Connection diameter greater than 18 inches: 22 gauge.

4. Transitional Silencers: 22 gauge.

G. Principal Sound-Absorbing Mechanism:

1. No-Media (Packless) silencers:
a. Models shall not contain absorptive media of any kind. Attenuation shall be achieved with controlled impedance membranes and broadly tuned resonators.

2. Dissipative and Film Lined silencers:
a. Models type with acoustic media. Media shall be of acoustic quality, shotfree glass fiber insulation with long, resilient fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Glass fiber density and compression shall be as 23 33 00 - 8 Air Duct Accessories
TP-813
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
required to insure conformance with laboratory test data. Glass fiber shall be packed with a minimum of 15% compression during silencer assembly.

Media shall be resilient such that it will not crumble or break, and conform to irregular surfaces. Media shall not cause or accelerate corrosion of aluminum or steel. Mineral wool will not be permitted as a substitute for glass fiber.

H. Media Protection:

1. Dissipative silencers where indicated on the silencer schedule, media shall be encapsulated in glass fiber cloth to help prevent shedding, erosion and impregnation of the glass fiber.

Film Lined silencers: acoustic media shall be completely wrapped with Vibar™ film to help prevent shedding, erosion and impregnation. The wrapped acoustic media shall be separated from the perforated metal by a factory installed ½” thick acoustically transparent spacer. The spacer shall be flame retardant and erosion resistant. A mesh, screen or corrugated perforated liner will not be acceptable as a substitute for the specified spacer. Silencer manufacturer shall provide a written test report by a third party organization showing silencer assemblies have flame-spread index not exceeding 25 and smoke-developed index not exceeding 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84, NFPA 255 or UL 723.

2. I. Special Construction:

1. Where noted on the silencer schedule, silencers shall have 16 gauge casing, continuously welded.

Where indicated on the silencer schedule, silencers shall have RF filters integral to the silencer. Performance shall be 100 dB at 1 MHz. Pressure drop shall be included in overall silencer pressure drop. RF filter shall be located such that it cannot be bypassed.

Where indicated on the silencer schedule, provide a non-conductive section in the silencer casing at the end of the silencer next to the room wall, and provide a minimum of 10” (254mm) x 10” (254mm) inspection port in the silencer casing next to the wall. These features shall not compromise the composite HTL casing of the silencer.

Where indicated on the silencer schedule, provide security bars running at 6” (150mm) centers both ways inside the silencer casing to prevent ingress through the silencer.

2. 3.

4. J. Accessories:

1. Access Doors: Where indicated on the silencer schedule, silencers shall be supplied with an access door(s) to permit fire damper service. Access doors shall be supplied as an integral part of the silencer by the silencer manufacturer.

Where HTL walls are also supplied, the access doors shall not reduce the effectiveness of the HTL walls.

Shipping Protection: Silencers shall be shipped with factory-installed end caps to prevent contamination during shipping.

Airflow Measuring Devices: Where indicated on the silencer schedule, silencers shall have airflow measuring devices factory installed as part of the silencer assembly.

2. 3.
23 33 00 - 9 Air Duct Accessories
TP-814
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
K. Source Quality Control: Test according to ASTM E 477-06a.

1. The manufacturer shall test the silencer(s) as indicated in the silencer schedule.

The engineer shall be notified of the test date at least two weeks in advance and the test may be witnessed by the engineer. Test shall show compliance with the project criteria and is subject to engineer approval.

Test facilities and test reports shall be open to inspection upon request from the Engineer. Silencer performance must have been substantiated by laboratory testing according to ASTM E-477-06a and so certified when submitted for approval. The aero-acoustic laboratory must be NVLAP accredited for the ASTM E-477-06a test standard. A copy of the accreditation certificate must be included with the submittals. Data from non-NVLAP accredited test facilities will not be accepted.

2. L. Capacities and Characteristics:

1. See duct silencer performance schedule on mechanical drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify rated walls are ready for fire damper installation.

C. Verify ducts and equipment installation is ready for accessories.

D. Check location of air outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

3.2 INSTALLATION.

A. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 23 31 00 for duct construction and pressure class.

B. Provide a volume control for each grille and diffuser and in all other locations necessary to properly balance the system.

C. Quadrants on insulated ducts shall be mounted on sheet metal brackets, set flush with the insulation.

D. Install back-draft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated on Drawings. Back draft dampers are not required for the fans with continuous operation and kitchen exhaust fans.

E. Provide and install access doors at convenient and individual locations in ducts where fire, smoke or automatic dampers, fan bearings, filters, humidifiers or other equipment is installed in ducts.
23 33 00 - 10 Air Duct Accessories
TP-815
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
F. Provide and deliver to the appropriate trade for installation where you direct, access doors or panels in building construction for access to duct doors or panels, damper quadrants, control devices, or other devices requiring access.

G. Access Door Sizes: Install minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access. Review locations prior to fabrication.

H. Install the following sizes for duct-mounting, round access doors:

1. 2.

3. 4.
8 inches in diameter for up to 12-inch diameter duct size. 12 inches in diameter for 13-inch to 19 inch duct sizes. 18 inches in diameter for 20-inch to 25 inch duct sizes. 24 inches in diameter for larger duct sizes than listed above.

I. Label access doors according to Division 23.

J. Install temporary duct test holes required for testing and balancing purposes. Cut or drill in ducts. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps.

K. Install fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers and smoke dampers at locations as indicated on Drawings. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges.

1. Install smoke dampers and combination smoke and fire dampers in accordance with NFPA 92A.

Install dampers square and free from racking with blades running horizontally.

Do not compress or stretch damper frame into duct or opening.

Handle damper using sleeve or frame. Do not lift damper using blades, actuator, or jack shaft.

Install bracing for multiple section assemblies to support assembly weight and to hold against system pressure. Install bracing as needed.

2. 3.

4. 5.

L. Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators.

M. For fans developing static pressures of 5 inch wg and higher, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps.

N. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive and draw bands.

O. Provide instrument test holes in ductwork at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as required by Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractor for testing and balancing purposes.

3.3 DEMONSTRATION
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training.
23 33 00 - 11 Air Duct Accessories
TP-816
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers to Owner's representative.

END OF SECTION
23 33 00 - 12 Air Duct Accessories
TP-817
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 34 00

HVAC FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Power Ventilators.

Prefabricated roof curb.

Inline ceiling fans.

Duct blowers or cabinet fans.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 23 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC and Plumbing Piping and Equipment: Product requirements for resilient mountings and snubbers for fans for placement by this section.

Division 23 - HVAC and Plumbing Insulation: Product requirements for power ventilators for placement by this section.

Division 23 - HVAC Ducts and Casings: Product requirements for hangers for placement by this section.

Division 23 - Air Duct Accessories: Product requirements for duct accessories for placement by this section.

Division 26 - Equipment Wiring Connections: Execution and product requirements for connecting equipment specified by this section.

2. 3.

4. 5.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association:

1. 2.

ABMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

ABMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

B. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:

1. 2.

3. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook.

AMCA 204 - Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans.

AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating.

AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.

AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data.

4. 5.

C. American Refrigeration Institute:

1. ARI 1060 - Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment Certification Equipment Program.
23 34 00 - 1 HVAC Fans
TP-818
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:

1. 2.

NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.

NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:

1. UL 705 - Power Ventilators.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size and configuration of fan assembly, mountings, weights, ductwork and accessory connections.

C. Product Data: Submit data on each type of fan and include accessories, fan curves with specified operating point plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity, electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit fan manufacturer’s instructions.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

F. Acceptance or no exceptions taken by the engineer on any substitution proposed by the contractor shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from compliance with the project's specifications and performance requirements nor departure there from.

The contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions and for the selection of fabrication processes, techniques and assembly, coordination of his work with that of all other trades and making any needed modifications consequent to the substitution at his own cost and for performing the work in a safe manner.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear AMCA Certified Rating Seal.

B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal.

C. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705.

D. Balance Quality: Conform to AMCA 204.
23 34 00 - 2 HVAC Fans
TP-819
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
E. Energy Recovery Unit Wheel Energy Transfer Rating: Meet ARI 1060.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Division 01 - Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.

B. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.10 WARRANTY
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

B. Furnish two sets of belts for each fan.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 POWER VENTILATORS
A. Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Loren Cook
Greenheck
ACME
Penn Barry
Substitutions: Section 01 06 00 – Product Requirements. 23 34 00 - 3 HVAC Fans
TP-820
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard prefabricated power ventilator units of type and size indicated, modified as necessary to comply with requirements, and as required for complete installation.

C. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators: Provide centrifugal roof type, curb mounted, power ventilators of type, size, and capacity as scheduled, and as specified herein.

1. Type: Centrifugal fan, direct or belt driven as scheduled. Provide aluminum, weatherproof housings, low silhouette, statically and dynamically balanced, UL labeled and certified by AMCA. Provide square base to suit roof curb. Provide permanently lubricated type motor.

Housing Design: Hooded low contour type.

Provide high efficiency type motor. The motor and drive assembly shall be located out of the exhaust air system supported by a rugged galvanized steel frame. Motors shall be factory wired and installed with safety switches.

Electrical: Provide factory-wired non-fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan housing. Provide thermal overload protection in fan motor. Provide conduit chase within unit for electrical connection. Motors shall have neoprene vibration isolator
Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, 1/2" mesh, 16-gage aluminum or brass wire.

Provide fabricated roof curb with integral backdraft dampers.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 2.2 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, roof curbs that may be incorporated in the work shall be of same manufacture as fan.

B. General: Provide manufacturer's standard shop-fabricated units modified if necessary to comply with requirements.

C. Gage and Height: Fabricate units of metal gage and to height above roof surface as indicated. Where gage or height are not indicated, fabricate units of 14 gage metal, and nominal height of 14 inch. Provide treated wood nailer, not less than 1-5/8 inch thick and of width indicated, but not less than width of support wall assembly. Anchor nailer securely to top of metal frame unit. Provide lumber pressure treated with water-borne preservatives for "above ground" use, complying with AWPB LP-2.

D. Insulate units inside structural support wall with rigid glass fiber insulation board of approximately 3 pound density and 1-1/2 inch minimum thickness, except as otherwise indicated.

2.3 INLINE FANS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Loren Cook
Greenheck
ACME
Penn Barry
23 34 00 - 4 HVAC Fans
TP-821
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
B. Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

C. Fan shall be duct mounted, belt driven centrifugal cabinet fan with external motor mount.

D. Fan shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for sound and air performance.

E. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. Housing shall be minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel with two access doors and integral duct collars. Internal blower assembly shall be mounted on rubber vibration isolators. Motor shall be out of the air stream. Hanging brackets shall be provided for horizontal installation. Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum nameplate.

F. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100% aluminum. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-96.

G. Motor shall be heavy duty type with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings and furnished at the specified voltage and phase.

H. Bearings shall be permanently lubricated, sealed ball type selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed.

I. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, non-static type. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts.

Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

2.4 CEILING FANS
A. Manufacturers:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Loren Cook
Greenheck
ACME
Penn Barry
B. Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

C. Centrifugal Fan Unit: Direct driven with injection molded resin, galvanized steel housing, resilient mounted motor, gravity backdraft damper in discharge opening, integral outlet duct collar. Discharge position convertible by moving interchangeable panels.

D. Disconnect Switch: Fan mounted toggle switch for thermal overload protected motor.

E. Grille: Injection molded white plastic.

F. Wheel: Centrifugal forward curved type constructed of injection molded or polypropylene resin.

G. Motor: Open drip proof type with permanently lubricated sealed bearings and thermal overload protection.
23 34 00 - 5 HVAC Fans
TP-822
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
H. Accessories:

1. 2.

3. Wall cap with damper, round duct rectangular duct (as shown on drawings) inlet.

Roof cap with roof curb.

Fan speed controller.

I. Performance:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Air Flow: As per drawings.

Static Pressure: As per drawings.

Fan RPM: As per drawings.

Sones: As per drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.

B. Verify roof curbs are installed and dimensions are as instructed by manufacturer.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Furnish roof curbs to roofing contractor for installation.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Secure fans and gravity ventilators with stainless steel lag screws to roof curb or anchor the unit ash shown on the drawings.

B. Fans: Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 33 00 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running.

C. Install backdraft dampers on inlet to exhaust fans and gravity ventilators used in relief air applications where shown on the drawings and schedules.

D. Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling fans and as indicated on Drawings.

E. Install safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed.

F. Pipe scroll drains to nearest floor drain.

G. Install backdraft dampers on discharge of exhaust fans as indicated on Drawings.

Refer to Section 23 33 00.

H. Provide sheaves required for final air balance.

I. Solder bottom joints and up 2 inches of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to prevent any moisture from entering ventilator.
23 34 00 - 6 HVAC Fans
TP-823
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Division 01 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for manufacturer’s field services.

B. Furnish services of factory trained representative for minimum of one days to start-up, calibrate controls, and instruct Owner on operation and maintenance.

3.5 CLEANING
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for cleaning.

B. Vacuum clean coils and inside of fan cabinet.

3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for demonstration and training.

B. Demonstrate fan operation and maintenance procedures.

3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Do not operate fans for until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation.

END OF SECTION
23 34 00 - 7 HVAC Fans
TP-824
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
SECTION 23 37 00

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Diffusers.

Registers
Grilles.

Door grilles.

Louvers.

Gravity roof ventilators.

B. Related Sections:

1. 2.

Division 08 - Louvers: Wall Louvers.

Division 09 - Painting and Coating: Execution and product requirements for Painting of ductwork visible behind outlets and inlets specified by this section.

3. Section 23 33 00 - Air Duct Accessories: Volume dampers for inlets and outlets.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.:

1. AMCA 500 - Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters.

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers:

1. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets.

C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors:

1. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standard - Metal and Flexible.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit sizes, finish, and type of mounting. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level.

C. Test Reports: Rating of air outlet and inlet performance.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 23 37 00 - 1 Air Outlets and Inlets
TP-825
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
E. Acceptance or no exceptions taken by the engineer on any substitution proposed by the contractor shall not be construed as relieving the contractor from compliance with the project's specifications and performance requirements nor departure there from.

The contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions and for the selection of fabrication processes, techniques and assembly, coordination of his work with that of all other trades and making any needed modifications consequent to the substitution at his own cost and for performing the work in a safe manner.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air outlets and inlets.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test and rate diffuser, register, and grille performance in accordance with ASHRAE 70 and ADC 1062 “Certification, Rating and Test Manual”.

B. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets in accordance with NFPA 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems”.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Division 01 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 WARRANTY
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.

1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Division 01 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Titus
23 37 00 - 2 Air Outlets and Inlets
TP-826
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2. 3.

4. 5.

Price
Krueger
Metal-Aire
Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

B. General:

1. Grilles, registers, diffusers and appurtenances shall conform to requirements specified herein and shall be of type and sizes as specified and indicated on Drawings. Performance shall be in accordance with Air Diffusion Council Test Code 1602R2 including airflow velocity, pressure, temperature, and sound measurements. Noise level ratings shall be in accordance with ADC Test Code No. 1062RI and ASHRAE Standards 36 62 and 36B 3.

Sponge neoprene, rubber, vinyl or felt border gaskets shall be provided for surface-mounted registers, grilles or diffusers.

The noise generating characteristics of all specified grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be tested to, and comply with, all requirements of this specification. Representative samples shall be subjected to tests in accordance with applicable standards and procedures in order to demonstrate such compliance. A special test for this project is not required if the manufacturer has previous certified test results that can be made applicable to this project.

Maximum Sound Levels of diffusers, grilles and registers shall be as follows:

2. 3.
a.
b.
c.
d.

Administrative office area:

Classrooms:

Libraries and other noise sensitive areas:

Gymnasiums, cafeterias, lockers areas:

NC 30
NC 20
NC 25
NC 30.

4. Provide suitable frame types to match the ceiling types as specified or indicated on the Architectural Drawings.

Ceiling diffusers shall be provided with equalizing deflectors.

Ceiling mounted grilles, registers and diffusers shall be provided with a factory applied, baked enamel, dull finish, bone white to match acoustical ceiling tile.

Grilles or registers mounted on painted walls or other surfaces shall be furnished with a baked prime coat and finish painted to match Architectural requirements.

Do not provide opposed blade dampers at diffusers and registers for to balance the airflow, as they tend to create noise. Provide a manual volume damper at each branch take-off and also at branch duct to each diffuser and register. Air throw patterns shall be as indicated on the drawings.

Diffusers, registers and grilles indicated or scheduled on the drawings to comply with special requirements shall take precedence over the standard items specified.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. C. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's current data.

D. Finishes: Ceiling diffusers, registers and grilles: Finishes shall be coordinated with the Architect.

E. Diffusers and registers shall be provided with opposed blade volume dampers. 23 37 00 - 3 Air Outlets and Inlets
TP-827
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

2.2 EXHAUST AND RETURN CEILING GRILLES
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Titus
Price
Krueger
Metal-Aire
Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Finish: Baked enamel, White or off-white as selected by the Architect.

C. Mounting: Surface mounted or Lay-in.

D. Provide filler panel when installed in 24” X 24” T-bar ceiling. Panel to match ceiling construction. For 24" x 48" T-bar ceilings, coordinate with ceiling installer for auxiliary tees as required to provide 24" x 24" space. Where full 24" x 24" grid module is not available, surface mount the outlet in center cut to fit ceiling tile.

E. Exhaust and return air registers and grilles, except as noted, shall be removable hinged perforated face plate with 24" x 24" nominal panel size and horizontal inlet flexible duct adapter, applicable to the ceiling it is installed.

2.3 EXHAUST AND RETURN SIDE WALL GRILLES
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Titus
Price
Krueger
Metal-Aire
B. Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements Finish: Baked enamel, White or off-white as selected by the Architect.

C. Face Arrangement: ½ blade spacing, 35 degree Fixed deflection D. Frame: 1 ¼” wide
E. Mounting: Side wall

2.4 CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Titus
Price
Krueger
Metal-Aire
Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Material: All Aluminum.
23 37 00 - 4 Air Outlets and Inlets
TP-828
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023
C. Finish: Baked enamel, White or off-white as selected by the Architect.

D. Pattern: Adjustable form 1-4 way throw.

E. Mounting: Surface mounted or Lay-in.

F. Provide filler panel when installed in 24” X 24” T-bar ceiling. Panel to match ceiling construction. For 24" x 48" T-bar ceilings, coordinate with ceiling installer for auxiliary tees as required to provide 24" x 24" space. Where full 24" x 24" grid module is not available, surface mount the outlet in center cut to fit ceiling tile.

G. Ceiling diffusers, except as noted, shall be perforated face plate modular core diffuser with removable hinged perforated face plate with 24" x 24" nominal panel size and horizontal inlet flexible duct adapter, applicable to the ceiling it is installed.

H. Ceiling diffusers in rooms without lay in T Bar ceiling shall have frame suitable for ceiling type and as approved by Architect/Engineer.

I. Ceiling diffusers with automatic fire dampers or combination smoke fire dampers where diffusers are installed in fire rated ceilings, shall be State Fire Marshal approved type. Rated enclosures between rated ceiling and fire dampers shall be provided by the Contractor under this Section.

2.5 SUPPLY SIDE WALL GRILLES
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Titus
Price
Krueger
Metal-Aire
Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Material: All Aluminum
C. Finish: Baked enamel, White or off-white as selected by the Architect.

D. Face Arrangement: 3/4 blade spacing Double Deflection Adjustable Airfoil Blades E. Frame: 1 1/4” wide
F. Mounting: Side wall
G. Damper: Opposed blade damper

2.6 LINEAR SLOT SUPPLY AND RETURN CEILING DIFFUSERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. Titus
Price
Krueger
23 37 00 - 5 Air Outlets and Inlets
TP-829
City of Gardena
GARDENA COMMUNITY AQUATICS & SENIOR CENTER 10/12/2023

4. 5.

Metal-Aire
Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Material: Aluminum.

C. Finish: White, baked enamel or off-white as selected by the Architect.

D. Size: Refer to the floor plans for number and size of the slots.

E. Plenum: 12-inch tall with external insulation and vapor barrier.

F. Blank-Offs: Provide blank off panels where diffuser is not activated G. Mounting: Lay-in or surface mounted
H. Filter Mount: None
I. Pattern: Full 180 degree pattern controller (Adjustable) J. Damper: Integral.

2.7 DIRECT SPIRAL DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY GRILLES (FOR EXPOSED DUCTS IN THE

MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS)
A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Titus
Price
Krueger
Metal-Aire
Substitutions: Section 01 61 00 – Product Requirements.

B. Material: Aluminum.

C. Finish: White, baked enamel.

D. Blade: ¾” Blade spacing
E. Mounting: Duct mounted on spiral duct
F. Filter Mount: None
G. Pattern: Double deflection
H. Damper: Opposed blade damper

2.8 DIRECT SPIRAL DUCT MOUNTED PERFORATED RETURN GRILLES (FOR EXPOSED

DUCTS IN THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS)
A. Acceptable Manufacturer: